<?xml version="1.0"?>
<feed xmlns="http://www.w3.org/2005/Atom" xml:lang="en">
	<id>https://wiki.innovaphone.com/api.php?action=feedcontributions&amp;feedformat=atom&amp;user=Gbe</id>
	<title>innovaphone wiki - User contributions [en]</title>
	<link rel="self" type="application/atom+xml" href="https://wiki.innovaphone.com/api.php?action=feedcontributions&amp;feedformat=atom&amp;user=Gbe"/>
	<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://wiki.innovaphone.com/index.php?title=Special:Contributions/Gbe"/>
	<updated>2026-05-05T18:26:31Z</updated>
	<subtitle>User contributions</subtitle>
	<generator>MediaWiki 1.42.3</generator>
	<entry>
		<id>https://wiki.innovaphone.com/index.php?title=Reference15r1:Concept_Conference_Web_Access&amp;diff=77317</id>
		<title>Reference15r1:Concept Conference Web Access</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://wiki.innovaphone.com/index.php?title=Reference15r1:Concept_Conference_Web_Access&amp;diff=77317"/>
		<updated>2025-07-15T10:43:50Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Gbe: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;[[Category:Concept Conference]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Keywords: webconference webkonferenz videoconference videokonferenz--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= Applies To =&lt;br /&gt;
* innovaphone PBX from version 13r3&lt;br /&gt;
* innovaphone devices supporting a CONF or SCNF interface&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= Overview =&lt;br /&gt;
Conference Web Access is a new feature of the [[Reference13r1:PBX/Objects/Conference| Conference Object]]. It is used to access conference rooms which allows audio, video, application sharing and chat between all participants. Those conference rooms can be joined via WebRTC using any browser, myApps (Phone or Softphone app) or by phone.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= Requirements =&lt;br /&gt;
* CONF or SCNF interface with [[Howto13r2:Conferences, Resources and Licenses| appropriate channel licensing]]&lt;br /&gt;
* Conference App license (App(innovaphone-pbx-conference)13): necessary to create Conference Web Access HTTP links.&lt;br /&gt;
*Port license : The registration of the CONF and/or SCNF to the PBX Conference object does not require a Port license. Although this is not directly related to the CONF or SCNF interface itself, please note that a single Port license is required if any of the rooms defined in a PBX Conference object is accessed using the conference web access (External participants) (from 13r3). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= Configuration =&lt;br /&gt;
The configuration of the conference object remains as described in [[Courseware:IT Connect - 08.1 Conferencing| this wiki article]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Two options affect the Conference Web Access:&lt;br /&gt;
;Web Access allowed: Needs to be enabled to use Conference Web Access&lt;br /&gt;
;International Number: Used as phone number in meeting invitations. (The meeting room number is automatically appended, which means you do not need to add it here.)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= Features =&lt;br /&gt;
* Audio Conferencing&lt;br /&gt;
* Multi Video as described in [[Reference13r3:Concept Multi-Video-Conference| this wiki article]]&lt;br /&gt;
* Application sharing&lt;br /&gt;
* Chat&lt;br /&gt;
* Various announcements listed in [[Reference13r3:PBX/Objects/Conference/Announcement types| this wiki article]]&lt;br /&gt;
* Meeting scheduling as described in [[Reference13r3:Concept Conference Meeting Invitations| this wiki article]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Lobby ==&lt;br /&gt;
First, the lobby page of the conference room is opened with the conference web access link. Here, the participant has to enter a display name and can select a microphone and a speaker device and a webcam.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The audio can be tested by clicking the TEST Button in the upper right corner of webcam preview. The test function will loop back the audio of your microphone to your speaker device and the sound level is displayed in the top center of your webcam preview.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If a webcam is available, a preview video will be displayed. The brightness, contrast and saturation can be adjusted by hovering over the preview.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The number of participants can be seen in the upper left corner of the webcam preview.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Notifications ==&lt;br /&gt;
A notification sound is played for each participant joining the room and each chat message. These notifications can be turned off in the settings area of the UI by the user.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= Data Content =&lt;br /&gt;
The base64 encoded data of the HTTP link is a MD5 hash. This hash is calculated with a key of the PBX conference object (attribute &amp;quot;key&amp;quot; of the configuration) and a key of the room (attribute &amp;quot;wa&amp;quot; of a room configuration). Note that the &#039;+&#039; are replaces with &#039;-&#039; and the &#039;/&#039; with &#039;_&#039; after base64-encoded to be URL-compatible.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= Troubleshooting =&lt;br /&gt;
After the user has reproduced a problem, they can download the log file for their active browser session by pressing &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;CTRL+S&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt;. This log file contains the necessary console output with all debug output.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Firewall&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A TURN server is normally used. External participants must care that if they use a firewall, it does not block the TURN ports and that the RTP port range is also accessible. Otherwise the call is terminated with the release code &#039;&#039;network out of order&#039;&#039; (0x26).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Conference object&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The conference object itself has a trace option (Options tab). This option allows innovaphone to investigate problems with the announcements or resource allocations. If you activate this option, innovaphone debug messages are created which can be seen in a trace.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Webcam and microphone&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When you enter the conference web access lobby, your own webcam is displayed. If you cannot see your own camera image, your browser could not allocate the webcam. The microphone can be tested as well. Please click on the TEST link in the lobby of the conference web access. The sound from your own microphone will be looped to your audio device.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Web Access UI&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You can add &#039;&#039;&amp;amp;debug=on&#039;&#039; to the conference meeting URL to activate client troubleshooting. The pink overlay provides information about all 3 video streams sent by the client. You can see which port is used on the PC, which codec is used, how many frames were sent and how many were lost. You can also see the bitrate and the resolution of each video stream. In addition, a graph is displayed that informs you about the upstream and downstream bandwidth consumption.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Pressing the ... icon on the right side of the pink overlay will give you even more information. A participants list is displayed which allows an overview of all video streams including their video ID and bitrate. Additionally a list of all currently connected streams is displayed.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
On top of this list we can see the audio connection between the PC and the conference interface. We can see the codec and the IP endpoint address of the audio connection.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Underneath (green) your three video send connections will be shown. You can see the IP endpoint address, codec, quality and bitrate. If the bitrate is 0, you do not upload a video stream in this quality. The reason is that your other participants did not order this video stream from you.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The blue connections are video streams from other participants. Depending on the view (gallery or focused view), different video streams are displayed. The video ID indicates which video stream is received from which participant.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;SCNF/CONF interface&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The conference interfaces (CONF/SCNF) have a trace option. This trace flag will give us more information about the different calls connected to the conference interface.&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Gbe</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://wiki.innovaphone.com/index.php?title=Howto15r1:Firmware_Upgrade_V14r2_V15r1&amp;diff=75922</id>
		<title>Howto15r1:Firmware Upgrade V14r2 V15r1</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://wiki.innovaphone.com/index.php?title=Howto15r1:Firmware_Upgrade_V14r2_V15r1&amp;diff=75922"/>
		<updated>2025-03-26T09:03:30Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Gbe: /* AP Upgrade to Image 130002 */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;== Applies To ==&lt;br /&gt;
This information applies to:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* All 15r1 capable innovaphone devices&lt;br /&gt;
: For a general overview of the upgrade process and a list of supported devices with 15r1, see [[Howto:Firmware Upgrade]]&lt;br /&gt;
== Licenses ==&lt;br /&gt;
In case of cloud or rental model, don&#039;t worry about licenses.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If the system is licensed on premise, you&#039;ll need to regenerate the license file for V15 in https://portal.innovaphone.com/ and load into the system before upgrade (The system needs to have the SSC up to date).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Migration Policy ==&lt;br /&gt;
Here is how you upgrade a system from 14r2 to 15r1.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:red; font-weight: bold&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Before you begin, be sure that your whole installation is running the latest 14r2 service release.&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== AP Upgrade to Image 130006 ===&lt;br /&gt;
* Please Upgrade as first your Application Platform to Image Version 130006. After that you can go ahead.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== TechAssist Upgrade Helper ===&lt;br /&gt;
* Before you start, make sure that all TechAssist tests (you will receive the required tests in the last update in the previous major version) labelled &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;Pre Upgrade: xy&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt; are positive, if available&lt;br /&gt;
* When you are finished, make sure that all TechAssist tests (you will receive new tests with the upgrade) are positive&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===  App Platform on CF card (IPxx10) ===&lt;br /&gt;
Make sure that no App Platform is installed on a CF card, as this function is removed with the update.&lt;br /&gt;
Migrate the App Platform to a gateway with SSD or as a virtual machine before the update.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Changes visible to the end customers ==&lt;br /&gt;
Listed here are changes that should be communicated by resellers to end users prior to a upgrade, as the change will be visible/audible in the behaviour of the application/device.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;myApps&#039;&#039;&#039;: New UI design. In new installations users will see an intro video when logging in the first time.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;myApps iOS/Android&#039;&#039;&#039;: You will find a new Version without the Major Version in the icon. Starting with V15, the client no longer needs to be replaced in the future.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Phone App and Softphone App&#039;&#039;&#039;: [[ReleaseNotes15r1:Firmware#192745 - Phone App and Softphone App: New UI design|New UI design]]&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Switchboard App&#039;&#039;&#039;: See list of improvements in the [[Reference15r1:Concept App Service Queues#V15 Improvements|Concept App Service Queues Article]]&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Connect App&#039;&#039;&#039;: New version with many new features. See list of improvements in the [[Reference15r1:Concept App Connect|connect article]].&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Chat App&#039;&#039;&#039;: The chat app for persistent chat is now integrated in the connect app. More information in the [[Reference15r1:Concept App Connect#Chat|connect article]].&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Fax App settings plugin&#039;&#039;&#039;: The admin can now set [[Reference15r1:Apps/PbxManager/App Fax#Default settings for mail notifications|default settings for mail notifications]] for the user specific/group fax app.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Contacts App&#039;&#039;&#039;: Contacts now has a new start screen, vCard Files can now be imported and exported, as well as there were made some User-Interface improvements. For more information, see [[Reference15r1:Concept App Service Contacts#15r1 Features|here]].&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Devices App&#039;&#039;&#039;:OTA (Over the Air) Features for dect systems can now be [[Reference15r1:IP1202/IP1203 DECT System#OTA (Over the Air) Features|configured]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Manual steps needed after upgrade ==&lt;br /&gt;
If the installer is not used for a new installation, some new default settings are not set. Please evaluate per app whether you want to configure the new default settings manually.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== myApps ===&lt;br /&gt;
* To configure an optional intro that is shown when user login the first time, see: [[Reference15r1:Concept_myApps#Onboarding]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Techassist App ===&lt;br /&gt;
* You have to enable the API &amp;quot;PbxSignal&amp;quot; in the APP Objects &amp;quot;App&amp;quot; Tab&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== myApps iOS/Android ===&lt;br /&gt;
* You must install the new app without the major version in the icon. (Starting with V15, the client no longer needs to be replaced in future).&lt;br /&gt;
** iOS: https://apps.apple.com/us/app/innovaphone-myapps/id6739562892&lt;br /&gt;
** Android: https://play.google.com/store/apps/details?id=com.innovaphone.myapps&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== IPVA VMWare Fault Tolerance ===&lt;br /&gt;
* With 15r1 you can use again the VMWare Fault Tolerance Feature. If you want to re-enable this feature you have to [[Howto15r1:Implement PBX with zero downtime using IPVA and VMWare Fault Tolerance|setup a new IPVA-SCSI]] and export/import your configuration to the new machine.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Working App ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* With 15r1, it is necessary to specify the master PBX in the Settings plugin under &amp;quot;Configuration&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Connect ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* You need to enable &amp;quot;impersonation&amp;quot; at all Connect app objects in order to make chat work correctly. Otherwise, chat messages will not be received from the target user.&lt;br /&gt;
* A new mode &amp;quot;admin-service&amp;quot; needs to be add in order to allow other apps (like Projects) to create posts in connect.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== New Apps ==&lt;br /&gt;
New Apps will not be installed automatically by the upgrade. The installation description of new apps is usually in the concept article. Please rate per app whether you want to install/use the new app and configure it manually.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Projects App ===&lt;br /&gt;
* Concept Article: [[Reference15r1:Concept App Service Projects|Concept App Service Projects]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Virtual Background App ===&lt;br /&gt;
* Concept Article: [[Reference15r1:Concept Virtual Background App|Concept Virtual Background App]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Remote Control Client msi application for external participants ===&lt;br /&gt;
* Concept Article [[Reference15r1:Concept App Remote Control|Concept App Remote Control]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Assistant App ===&lt;br /&gt;
* Concept Article [[Reference15r1:Concept App Service myApps Assistant#Assistant App|Concept Assistant App]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
‎&amp;lt;onlyinclude&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Good2Know ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== PBXManager ===&lt;br /&gt;
“PBX Manager” is now called “Settings”&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Exchange Online calendar integration — Calendar App / Connector for Microsoft 365 ===&lt;br /&gt;
In the past, Microsoft has announced the end of support for Exchange Online EWS support in 2026:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
https://techcommunity.microsoft.com/blog/exchange/retirement-of-exchange-web-services-in-exchange-online/3924440&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Since the Calendar App uses EWS to synchronize calendar events from Exchange Online to the PBX, this feature will stop working from then on.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Microsoft suggests switching to the Graph API for this functionality and since we already have an app that works with the Graph API, we have extended the feature set of the Connector for Microsoft 365.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In addition to the initial functionality of synchronizing line states and presences bi-directionally between the Azure Portal (Teams) and the PBX, the Connector for Microsoft 365 can now also retrieve calendar events and integrate them into the PBX.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The Connector for Microsoft 365 requires a valid licence for each user.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The Exchange Online functionality of the Calendar App will no longer be enhanced or improved, but the current functionality will be included for as long as Microsoft continues to support EWS for Exchange Online.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The on-premise functionality is not affected by this and will remain in the Calendar App.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;As both apps integrate Exchange Online calendar events in the same way, it is not recommended or supported to use both calendar integrations at the same time.&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;However, you can use the Connector for Microsoft 365 for presence and line state synchronization and the Calendar App for calendar event integration.&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Federation ===&lt;br /&gt;
Beginning with 15r1 the certificate or CA of the certificate of the client device &#039;&#039;&#039;must&#039;&#039;&#039; be in the trust list of the RP/gateway or else, federation doesn&#039;t work anymore.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
‎&amp;lt;/onlyinclude&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Removed ==&lt;br /&gt;
The following software is no longer included.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* running an App Platform on the CF card of an IPxx10 gateway (Removed, migrate to a gateway with an SSD or a Virtual Machine to run the App Platform)&lt;br /&gt;
* Audio codec software transcoding to G.729 removed on: IP11x, IP10x, myApps, DECT-Radios. Only the conversion to G.729 has been removed, not the playback of already converted g.729 audio files such as an MOH or voicemail announcements. These can still be played.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Deprecated ==&lt;br /&gt;
The following software is based on legacy technology, with no further development and limited maintenance and support.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;Nothing&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Previously deprecated and now no longer supported == &lt;br /&gt;
The following software is based on legacy technology, with no further development and no more maintenance and support.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
See: [[Howto14r2:Firmware_Upgrade_V14r1_V14r2#Deprecated]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
We strongly recommend migrating to our successor products.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* iQM (innovaphone Queue Monitor) - Migrate to the [[Howto:Queueboard - MediaRunway - Partner App|Queueboard App]]. For existing innovaphone QueueMonitor licences, the corresponding MediaRunway Queueboard licences can be downloaded via portal.innovaphone.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Known Problems==&lt;br /&gt;
===Long Update-duration===&lt;br /&gt;
When you update, it can be up to 10 minutes before you have access to your app platform again.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Resources Considerations ==&lt;br /&gt;
New firmware always has more features which in turn requires more resources. Growing firmware will thus consume both more flash and RAM for sure. A given system configuration will run flawlessly after a firmware largely only if there is still enough memory left after boot.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Standard configurations which are according the specs will run on all supported hardware. However, unusual configurations may not. It is a good idea to examine both flash and RAM memory left on high load situations in your existing configuration to see if there is enough resources left for an upgrade. Please find details in Reference:Device Health Check.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== RAM ===&lt;br /&gt;
As a rough rule of thumb, a 15r1 release will consume the same amount of RAM compared to a v14r2 firmware.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Flash Memory  ===&lt;br /&gt;
As a rough rule of thumb, a v15r1 release will consume ~ 64KB flash memory compared to a v14r2 firmware.&lt;br /&gt;
New firmware comes with new code for new features which consumes more flash memory for the firmware image. For this reason, devices may run out of flash memory during upgrade to v15r1.  Here is the recommended procedure for upgrade on such devices:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* save entire configuration&lt;br /&gt;
* reset to factory defaults&lt;br /&gt;
* load saved configuration (this will reorganize the flash memory usage)&lt;br /&gt;
* upgrade to new firmware&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When there is still not enough flash memory available to store the new firmware (Web GUI ends up in a &#039;&#039;Firmwareupdate failed:no space&#039;&#039; / Update client end in a &#039;&#039;Error 0x00130001 Major FLASHMAN0 no space&#039;&#039; event) please open a support case with your current configuration file.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Related Articles ==&lt;br /&gt;
*[[Howto:Firmware_Upgrade]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Howto14r2:Firmware_Upgrade_V14r1_V14r2]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Howto|{{PAGENAME}}]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Gbe</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://wiki.innovaphone.com/index.php?title=Howto:Behnke_SIP_intercom_-_Behnke_-_3rd_Party_Product&amp;diff=75232</id>
		<title>Howto:Behnke SIP intercom - Behnke - 3rd Party Product</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://wiki.innovaphone.com/index.php?title=Howto:Behnke_SIP_intercom_-_Behnke_-_3rd_Party_Product&amp;diff=75232"/>
		<updated>2025-02-26T14:08:17Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Gbe: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;[[Image:Behnke_logo.png||200px|right]]&lt;br /&gt;
==Product Name==&lt;br /&gt;
[http://www.behnke-online.de Telecom Behnke SIP intercom]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Keywords: enter keywords, foreign translations and/or synoyms not appearing in the article here for better search results --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
==Certification Status==&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- by inno&lt;br /&gt;
   - uncomment one of the stati below &lt;br /&gt;
   - update date below&lt;br /&gt;
  --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
{{Template:Compat_Status_referral_product_new}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Testing of this product was performed in December 2018.&lt;br /&gt;
==Category==&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Referral Product|{{PAGENAME}}]]&lt;br /&gt;
{{Category:3rdParty_Terminal_Devices}}&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:3rdParty_Terminal_Devices|{{PAGENAME}}]]&lt;br /&gt;
==Description==&lt;br /&gt;
===Description (German)===&lt;br /&gt;
Behnke SIP-Sprechstellen der Serie 20 sind hochwertige modulare VoIP-Sprechstellen aus Metall mit akustischer Echounterdrückung zum Vollduplex-Freisprechen. Die Bedienelemente der Sprechstellen werden im Baukastenprinzip aus diversen Funktionsmodulen zusammengestellt. Dadurch wird ein Höchstmaß an Flexibilität in Planung und Anwendung erreicht – vom hochwertigen Kameramodul, bis hin zum Einsatz von Zutrittskontrollsystemen wie Kartenleser und Fingerprint. Die Sprachverbindung erfolgt per Voice over IP (VoIP) nach dem SIP-Standard über ein angeschlossenes Ethernet LAN. Hierfür wird entweder eine SIP-fähige Telefonanlage, ein SIP-Provider oder die direkte Wahl einer IP-Adresse verwendet. Konfiguration und Software-Updates erfolgen per Web-Frontend. Der verschlüsselte Zugriff auf die Konfigurationsoberfläche genügt höchsten Sicherheitsstandards. Mittels SIP-Secure und secure RTP werden auch Telefonate vor unberechtigtem Zugriff geschützt.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Description (English)===&lt;br /&gt;
The Behnke Series 20 SIP intercom is a high-quality, modular VoIP intercom with a metal front panel and acoustic echo cancellation for full-duplex, handsfree talking. The control elements can be combined from a number of different modules. This will give you the maximum of flexibility for both planning and usage – from high-quality camera modules to access control systems like RFID or fingerprint readers.VoIP-calls are established via the standardized SIP protocol over the Ethernet LAN connection. You can use it with your SIP-PBX, your account at your SIP provider, or in peer-to-peer mode with your SIP phone. Use the web interface to configure and update the intercom. The encrypted access to the interface meets the highest security standards. The intercom also provides SIP-Secure and secure RTP features to protect your calls from unauthorized access.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Features==&lt;br /&gt;
===Features (German)===&lt;br /&gt;
* Modularer Aufbau&lt;br /&gt;
* Bis zu 8 Direktruftasten mit frei konfigurierbaren Rufnummern anschließbar (mit Erweiterungen bis zu 100 Tasten)&lt;br /&gt;
* Status-/Fernsteuermeldungen zur Integration in Fremdsoftware&lt;br /&gt;
* 9 Sprachansagen mit je bis zu 40 Sekunden Länge speicherbar&lt;br /&gt;
* Zeitsteuerung&lt;br /&gt;
* Alarmeingang&lt;br /&gt;
* Integrierter, VLAN-fähiger Switch&lt;br /&gt;
* Autoprovisionierung&lt;br /&gt;
* Versand von E-Mails bei Nicht-Erreichbarkeit (mit Kamera-Bild bei SIP-Sprechstellen mit Kameramodul)&lt;br /&gt;
* Konfiguration in Datei speicherbar&lt;br /&gt;
* Zwei konfigurierbare potenzialfreie Relais&lt;br /&gt;
* Optionales Sicherheitsrelais zur abgesetzten Montage &lt;br /&gt;
* Modul Tastwahlblock, Funktionen:&lt;br /&gt;
  - Direkte Rufnummernanwahl&lt;br /&gt;
  - Codeschloss&lt;br /&gt;
  - Kurzwahl mit bis zu 100 Zielen&lt;br /&gt;
* Modul Display, Funktionen:&lt;br /&gt;
  - Vier Zeilen mit je 20 Zeichen&lt;br /&gt;
  - Infotexte je nach Gerätezustand, konfigurierbar&lt;br /&gt;
  - 199 Telefonbucheinträge, mehr auf Anfrage&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Features (English)===&lt;br /&gt;
* Modular design&lt;br /&gt;
* Connect up to 8 call buttons for configurable phone numbers (with addons up to 100 buttons)&lt;br /&gt;
* Status and remote control messages for integration in 3rd party applications&lt;br /&gt;
* Record and play 9 announcements (40 seconds each)&lt;br /&gt;
* Schedules for timer functions&lt;br /&gt;
* Alarm input&lt;br /&gt;
* Integrated VLAN switch&lt;br /&gt;
* Auto-provisioning&lt;br /&gt;
* Send an email if the callee is not available (with photo)&lt;br /&gt;
* Save your configuration in a config file&lt;br /&gt;
* 2 configurable potential free contacts&lt;br /&gt;
* Optional with security relay for remote installation&lt;br /&gt;
* Optional key pad, functions:&lt;br /&gt;
  - dialing&lt;br /&gt;
  - code lock&lt;br /&gt;
  - speed dialing for 100 call targets&lt;br /&gt;
* Optional display, functions:&lt;br /&gt;
  - 4 lines, 20 characters each&lt;br /&gt;
  - Display configurable messages&lt;br /&gt;
  - Phone book with up to 199 entries&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Version==&lt;br /&gt;
Version of tested products for both 3rd-party-product and innovaphone:&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- by inno:&lt;br /&gt;
   - version of software that was tested, as declared by the vendor or reseller(in case of customer testimonial), please not if patches have been applied&lt;br /&gt;
  --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
* Behnke: SIP 2.0, Firmware BT: 4, Build: 169&lt;br /&gt;
* innovaphone: Virtual Appliance, Build 125487&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Configuration==&lt;br /&gt;
===Configuration (German)===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Legen Sie zunächst einen User für die Sprechstelle in der innovaphone PBX an. Die im Screenshot markierten Werte werden später für die Registrierung der Sprechstelle benötigt.&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Howto_Behnke_on_innovaphone_PBX_01.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Öffnen Sie dann die Weboberfläche der Sprechstelle, melden Sie sich an, und wählen Sie auf der Startseite links den gelb markierten Punkt &amp;quot;&#039;&#039;&#039;Einfach-Konfiguration&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;quot;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* In den Feldern unter &amp;quot;&#039;&#039;&#039;SIP Einstellungen&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;quot; werden die Werte des innovaphone Users entsprechend dem Screenshot unten eingetragen.&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Howto_Behnke_on_innovaphone_PBX_02_de.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Unter &amp;quot;&#039;&#039;&#039;Direktwahltasten&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;quot; kann den Tasten der Sprechstelle eine Rufnummer zugeordnet werden, welche dann bei Tastendruck angewählt wird. Klicken Sie anschließend unten rechts auf &amp;quot;&#039;&#039;&#039;Übernehmen&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;quot;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Configuration (English)===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Please add a user for the SIP intercom in your innovaphone PBX. The marked values in the screenshot below are required for registering the intercom with your PBX.&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Howto_Behnke_on_innovaphone_PBX_01.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Access the web interface of your intercom. On the left-hand side of the Home screen click the yellow button &amp;quot;&#039;&#039;&#039;Easy-Config&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;quot;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Fill in the values of the innovaphone user under &amp;quot;&#039;&#039;&#039;VoIP Account&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;quot; according to the screenshot below.&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Howto_Behnke_on_innovaphone_PBX_02_en.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Under &amp;quot;&#039;&#039;&#039;Direct-dial keys&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;quot; you can assign a phone number to the button of the intercom. Then click &amp;quot;&#039;&#039;&#039;Apply&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;quot; at the bottom of the screen.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Known Issue==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
innovaphone PBX Firmware 14r2SR7.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
There is an issue with DTMF transfer and ICE negotiation. Connection is established but you can not transfer the DTMF signal.&lt;br /&gt;
If you have this issue, activate on the Behnke site the option &amp;quot;no ICE&amp;quot;. &lt;br /&gt;
For the PBX object you have to activate the options &amp;quot;Media Relay&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;No SRTP&amp;quot;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Contact Details==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Telecom Behnke GmbH&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Gewerbepark &amp;quot;An der Autobahn&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Robert-Jungk-Straße 3&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
66459 Kirkel&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Deutschland / Germany&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[http://www.behnke-online.de www.behnke-online.de]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[mailto:info@behnke-online.de info@behnke-online.de]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[http://www.behnke-online.de/service/technik-support Support]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- == Related Articles == --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Compat|{{PAGENAME}}]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Gbe</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://wiki.innovaphone.com/index.php?title=Reference14r2:Concept_Apps&amp;diff=73695</id>
		<title>Reference14r2:Concept Apps</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://wiki.innovaphone.com/index.php?title=Reference14r2:Concept_Apps&amp;diff=73695"/>
		<updated>2024-10-08T07:56:47Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Gbe: /* App Objects Parameters */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;[[Category:Concept|Apps]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The innovaphone PBX allows the integration of Apps into the innovaphone myApps client. An App consists of an App Service from which the App is loaded and executed in the innovaphone myApps client as a Web application inside an iframe. The App Service may be the PBX itself, an AppService running on an innovaphone App Platform, or any other webserver.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The PBX controls which user may use which App. This is the main mechanism for assigning rights to users.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
So called App Objects are used in the PBX include Apps into the PBX. The main configuration items in an App Object are the link to an App Service and the password, which acts as a shared secret between the PBX and the App Service, so that the PBX can authenticate the user for the App Service.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There is the generic App Object, which can be used for any App without special integration into the PBX. Some services of the PBX use external App Services (e.g. Push). For these services, some special App Objects are available.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Applies To == &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* innovaphone PBX from version 13r1&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== App Objects Parameters ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
App Objects use a common set of parameters to link an App into the PBX. Not all App Objects use all these parameters&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
;Description, Long Name, Name: Same meaning as for all objects&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
;Password: This is the shared secret between the PBX and the App Service. It allows the PBX to authenticate users for the App Service. If an App Service provides a PBX Manager Plugin for configuration, this password is typically set by the Plugin as a random string. Manual configuration of ths password should only done, if there is no other way.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
;URL: The link to the App Service. This should be configured without filename extension. A postfix of .htm is added to the URL to load the App code as Web application. A postfix of .png is added to load the icon to be displayed in myApps. A size of 100px x 100px is recommended for the icon to have a nice display on 4K monitors.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
;Icon URL: Optional link to an App Icon. If not configured the App URL is used for the Icon as well, by just loading a .png file with the same name as the .htm for the App code.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
;Modes: A comma seperated list of Modes can be configured here. The modes can be used App specific to switch on different modes for functionality which only should be available for some users. Different rights levels can be implemented with this. For each mode configured here an entry shows up in the Apps section in the form of &amp;lt;app&amp;gt;~&amp;lt;mode&amp;gt;. By checking such an entry the user has access to this mode. (To App developers: If there are multiple modes checked, all these modes are added to the appobj property, seperated by ~, for example myapp~admin~debug).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
;Licenses: If the App uses Service Licenses, the number of licenses to be used by this service can be configured here. The PBX then tries to acquire licenses of the type &#039;&#039;&#039;Service(&amp;lt;&#039;&#039;name of the App&#039;&#039;&amp;gt;)&#039;&#039;&#039; The booked licenses are only displayed on the master PBX in the corresponding app object. The booked licenses are not displayed on the slave PBX.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
;Plain website: Indicates that this App service is a website, which does not make use of the authentication provided by the PBX. No App icon can be displayed for this kind of Apps.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
;Hidden: Apps marked as hidden are not displayed in the myApps client. This kind of Apps is used to provide APIs for other Apps and are loaded automatically when the API is used.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
;Websocket: If set, the App Object establishes a Websocket connection to the App Service. This way the App Service itself can make use of APIs provided by the PBX.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For each API an App Services wants to use the correspondig flag must be set in the App object to grant access to the API. The available APIs are&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
;PbxSignal: Allows to register an endpoint using the innovaphone Json signaling protocol. Apps like Softphones can use this API&lt;br /&gt;
;EpSignal: Allows an App to insert itself into the signaling path to a registered endpoint. Apps, which control registered phones and may want to add additional media for calls of endpoints can use this API&lt;br /&gt;
;Messages: Access to saved chat messages&lt;br /&gt;
;TableUsers: This API publishes the table &amp;quot;users&amp;quot;. This can be used to replicate the PBX users&lt;br /&gt;
;Admin: Create/Update/Delete Users and other PBX config itemss&lt;br /&gt;
;PbxApi: User level access to the PBX, with functions like presence monitoring&lt;br /&gt;
;Services: API which is used to get access to APIs provided by other App Services&lt;br /&gt;
;RCC: Remote Call Control. The functionality including message names and parameters is based on the SOAP API&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Objects ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There are different objects, which are used as App Objects. A generic one and some for special purposes.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== App ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The App object is the generic mechanism to include an App in innovaphone myApps.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== AP ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
An App object, which is used to load the hidden App from a App Platform Manager, which provides the APIs which are needed to configure an AP and load PBX Manager Plugins from the AP&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Push ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
An special App object, which connects to a push service. The PBX uses this to deliver push notifications to smartphones. Any user, which wants to make use of the Push service, needs to have the push object configured as push property.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Voicemail ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Executes voicemail scripts and loads the visual voicemail App from a voicemail App Service&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Fax ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Does the call signaling to FAX interfaces and load the Fax App from a fax App Service&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== PBX Manager Plugins ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If an app plugin creates the first object or, if only one exists and it is edited, the plugin creates a new password and sets it both in this object and in the app instance. If further objects are created or edited, it is checked if another object with valid login information exists, and if so, this password is used. If not, a new password is created and configured in both sides; in this case the other existing objects aren&#039;t changed and must be saved again to set the same password.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== App Platforms ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The App Platforms plugin creates the AP object for a foreign AP, which may offer cloud services (e.g. the Push service from innovaphone). It generates an account on the App Platform with a random password and configures the AP object for this account.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The account must be confirmed with a link sent by email. With the email verification it is possible to reconnect to an existing account, even if the password got lost and the account cannot be used by anyone not having access to this email address&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Contacts ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You can configure an LDAP login inside the PBX Manager Plugin of the Contacts App.&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Gbe</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://wiki.innovaphone.com/index.php?title=Reference14r1:Concept_App_Search&amp;diff=73616</id>
		<title>Reference14r1:Concept App Search</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://wiki.innovaphone.com/index.php?title=Reference14r1:Concept_App_Search&amp;diff=73616"/>
		<updated>2024-09-30T12:16:10Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Gbe: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;The Search App offers full text search in all searchable content of myApps and the apps.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Applies To == &lt;br /&gt;
* innovaphone PBX from version 14r1&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Requirements==&lt;br /&gt;
* innovaphone PBX&lt;br /&gt;
* innovaphone myApps&lt;br /&gt;
* Firmware V14r1 final&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Concept==&lt;br /&gt;
When the user enters a search string, the app broadcasts the corresponding request to all available search providers. Then it displays the incoming results of all types.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Apps ==&lt;br /&gt;
=== search ===&lt;br /&gt;
This app comes with the PBX and is always available. It is not related to any PBX Object and has fixed parameters.&lt;br /&gt;
;Name:search&lt;br /&gt;
;Long Name:Search&lt;br /&gt;
;URL:PBX0/APPS/search/search.htm&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== How it works ==&lt;br /&gt;
The app works in the client only without any server-side functionality.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The search functionality is done using the Client API [https://sdk.innovaphone.com/13r3/web1/com.innovaphone.search/lib1_api_search.htm com.innovaphone.search].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Additional functionality is done using the following Client APIs:&lt;br /&gt;
* [https://sdk.innovaphone.com/13r3/web1/com.innovaphone.client/lib1_api_client.htm com.innovaphone.client]&lt;br /&gt;
** get app icons&lt;br /&gt;
** presence subscriptions&lt;br /&gt;
** puting items on home or removing them from home&lt;br /&gt;
* [https://sdk.innovaphone.com/13r3/web1/com.innovaphone.avatar/lib1_api_avatar.htm com.innovaphone.avatar]&lt;br /&gt;
** get profile pictures of users&lt;br /&gt;
* [https://sdk.innovaphone.com/13r3/web1/com.innovaphone.phone/com.innovaphone.phone.htm com.innovaphone.phone]&lt;br /&gt;
** Start calls to contacts&lt;br /&gt;
* [https://sdk.innovaphone.com/13r3/web1/com.innovaphone.chat/com.innovaphone.chat.htm com.innovaphone.chat]&lt;br /&gt;
** Start chats with contacts&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Features ==&lt;br /&gt;
=== Search functionality ===&lt;br /&gt;
The app performs a full text search in all search providers the user has access to, for example:&lt;br /&gt;
* myApps client&lt;br /&gt;
** Apps&lt;br /&gt;
** Pages in myApps (home, all apps, account security)&lt;br /&gt;
* myApps Launcher&lt;br /&gt;
** Contacts from the smartphone address book&lt;br /&gt;
** Contacts from the Outlook address book&lt;br /&gt;
* Users APIs&lt;br /&gt;
** PBX users&lt;br /&gt;
** Pages in the Profile App (account, call diversions, groups, my phones, etc)&lt;br /&gt;
* Contacts API&lt;br /&gt;
** Contacts from the directory&lt;br /&gt;
* LDAP Object&lt;br /&gt;
** Contacts from the LDAP directory&lt;br /&gt;
* Conference Search&lt;br /&gt;
** Conference rooms&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Details of search results ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Search provider details ====&lt;br /&gt;
Search results are displayed, grouped by the search provider where they came from.&lt;br /&gt;
The groups are sorted first by the relevance specified by the search provider and then by the display name of the search provider.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Per group the app shows:&lt;br /&gt;
* the app icon of the search provider&lt;br /&gt;
* the display name of the search provider&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Inside of each group the results are sorted first by the relevance specified in the result and then by the display name of the result.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Result details ====&lt;br /&gt;
All search results show:&lt;br /&gt;
* an icon, that can be from different sources:&lt;br /&gt;
*# an image (attribute photourl)&lt;br /&gt;
*# a profile picture (attribute avatar)&lt;br /&gt;
*# the app icon (attribute link)&lt;br /&gt;
*# the provider app icon&lt;br /&gt;
* a display name (dn attribute)&lt;br /&gt;
* the presence (if a SIP URI was specified with the avatar attribute)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Result Limit ====&lt;br /&gt;
The search app shows all the results that come up. Each search provider has a limit on how many results they can deliver per search query.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Connect: 20&lt;br /&gt;
*Devices: 20&lt;br /&gt;
*Contacts: 25&lt;br /&gt;
*Users: 25&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There is no possibility to configure the limit.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Additional result details for type &amp;quot;contact&amp;quot; ====&lt;br /&gt;
Results of type &amp;quot;contact&amp;quot; additionally show the contact details&lt;br /&gt;
* position&lt;br /&gt;
* company&lt;br /&gt;
* address&lt;br /&gt;
* phone numbers&lt;br /&gt;
* SIP URIs&lt;br /&gt;
* email addresses&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Actions on search results ===&lt;br /&gt;
If the search result contained an app link:&lt;br /&gt;
* the result details (icon, display name, presence) can be clicked to open the item in the app of origin&lt;br /&gt;
* an HTTP link to the item can be copied to the clipboard&lt;br /&gt;
* the item can be put on the home screen of myApps&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Additional functionality for results of type &amp;quot;contact&amp;quot;:&lt;br /&gt;
* Start call (for phone numbers)&lt;br /&gt;
* Start chat (for SIP URIs or internal extensions)&lt;br /&gt;
* Send email (for email addresses)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Configuration==&lt;br /&gt;
* The app has no configuration.&lt;br /&gt;
* As the app comes with the PBX, it is available without any installation.&lt;br /&gt;
* In order to give users access to the app, assign the app &amp;quot;search&amp;quot; to individual users or config templates, as usual.&lt;br /&gt;
* When Install is used to setup a new system, the Search App is already assigned to template &amp;quot;Config Users&amp;quot; and available on the Home Screen of the created admin-user.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Troubleshooting==&lt;br /&gt;
The browser console contains all API messages sent from or to the search app.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Known issues==&lt;br /&gt;
===Change Application Name===&lt;br /&gt;
The Name of the app itself cannot be changed.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
As workaround one can create a new app-object via the PBX-AdvancedUI and address the SearchApp:&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;General/Long Name&#039;&#039;&#039;: Unique Localized name, eg &#039;&#039;Zoeken&#039;&#039; in Dutch&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;General/Name&#039;&#039;&#039;: unique SIP/H323 name, eg &#039;&#039;zoeken&#039;&#039; in Dutch&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;App/URL&#039;&#039;&#039;: URL to the SearchApp &#039;&#039;https://{pbx-dns-or-ip}/PBX0/APPS/search/search.htm&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
Assign the new AppObject to the users either via configuration template or at the userobject directly, and remove the original SearchApp.&lt;br /&gt;
If applicable, do the same for the preset Home screen apps either in UsersAdmin or at the userobject directly.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Concept|Apps]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Concept_App_Search]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Gbe</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://wiki.innovaphone.com/index.php?title=Reference13r3:Concept_Number_Resolution_and_LDAP&amp;diff=72629</id>
		<title>Reference13r3:Concept Number Resolution and LDAP</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://wiki.innovaphone.com/index.php?title=Reference13r3:Concept_Number_Resolution_and_LDAP&amp;diff=72629"/>
		<updated>2024-07-16T10:56:13Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Gbe: /* Active Directory */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;= General =&lt;br /&gt;
This document shows the V13 concept of number resolution, LDAP search and reverse lookup.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= Short overview and scenarios =&lt;br /&gt;
There are basically two different directions for resolutions:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Number to Name (Reverse Lookup)&lt;br /&gt;
:Backward resolutions are performed centrally for incoming and outgoing calls on PBX-level. A [[{{NAMESPACE}}:PBX/Config/General|&#039;&#039;Reverse Lookup URL&#039;&#039;]] can be stored per PBX.&lt;br /&gt;
:By default, this is a 1-to-1 relationship (a single PBX can query an single LDAP source).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Name to Number (Forward Search)&lt;br /&gt;
:Forward search differs between software and hardware:&lt;br /&gt;
:* myApps&lt;br /&gt;
::1-to-n relationship. A user can search simultaneously in multiple sources&lt;br /&gt;
:* Desk phone&lt;br /&gt;
::Search can be done according to the LDAP configuration in the [[{{NAMESPACE}}:Phone/User/Directories|external directories]] settings of the user object.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Number to Name (Reverse Lookup)=&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Concept ==&lt;br /&gt;
Resolution is done at the PBX for incoming and outgoing calls according to the locally defined reverse lookup setting. The URL might be different within PBXes of the same system (master, slaves).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For a general overview about the URL definition, refer to the [[{{NAMESPACE}}:Concept_Reverse_Lookup|concept article on reverse lookup]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In incoming direction resolution is done only for calls without any provider embedded display name information.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Resolution is done by LDAP-queries against sources like the PBX phonebook itself, V13-contacts application or any external 3rd-pty directory.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Setup is done via the &#039;&#039;Reverse Lookup URL&#039;&#039; which is configured under [[{{NAMESPACE}}:PBX/Config/General|PBX/Config/General]].&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
If a resolution succeeds via this mechanism, the resolved name is given to all other applications/locations. (MyApps, Phones (also DECT), CDRs, Reporting, Call-List, etc.)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== PBX Configuration ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Central PBX Reverse Lookup is activated by definition of the [[{{NAMESPACE}}:PBX/Config/General|&#039;&#039;Reverse Lookup URL&#039;&#039;]].&amp;lt;/br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The URL is an [https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc2255 RFC2255] encoded string. The format is explained [[{{NAMESPACE}}:PBX/Config/General|here]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Examples of reverse lookup url&#039;s for most common directories can be found below. Other LDAP-based directory services may be used as well.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The LDAP-URL also supports the attribute DN (Distinguished Name) [[Reference13r1:Release_Notes_Firmware#66919_-_PBX_Reverse_Lookup:_Allow_X.500_bindname_format|since v13r1sr10]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Following prerequisites apply:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Prefix section ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Depending on the PBX setup (flat or nodes) prefixes are defined either in the general PBX config and/or in the node/pbx-objects.&lt;br /&gt;
Only the &amp;quot;deepest&amp;quot; definition is taken into account for number conversion/adaption. In case of empty prefixes, no higher-leveled definitions are taken into account.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
E.g. if the called pbx-user is located within a node, the prefix definition of this node is used for number normalisation. If those node prefixes are empty, no other prefixes in e.g. PBX-general are used.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In general, prefix definition may contain prefixes for&lt;br /&gt;
* International (INT)&lt;br /&gt;
* National (NTL)&lt;br /&gt;
* Subscriber (SUB)&lt;br /&gt;
* Area Code (AC)&lt;br /&gt;
* Country Code (CC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Usage and definition depend on the country specific number plan.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The PBX tries to format the incoming number (CGPN) by performing a match against the prefixes in left to right order. In case of any prefix field is empty, the next one will be investigated. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Following rules apply upon prefix match:&lt;br /&gt;
* INT prefix matches: remove INT prefix&lt;br /&gt;
* NTL prefix matches: remove NTL prefix, prepend CC&lt;br /&gt;
* SUB prefix matches: remove SUB prefix, prepend CC + AC&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Examples&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1) German mobile call (best practice pbx config)&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:CGPN: 00171123456 (0 Trunk + mobile number)&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:PBX Prefixes (INT/NTL/SUB/AC/CC): 000/00/0/7031/49&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:Result: 49171123456&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2) German mobile call (missing pbx config)&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:CGPN: 00171123456 (0 Trunk + mobil number)&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:PBX Prefixes (INT/NTL/SUB/AC/CC): none&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:Result: 00171123456&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3) German city call (typically ISDN, SIP-CGPNs are always signaled in international format)&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:CGPN: 0123456 (0 Trunk + local subscriber number)&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:PBX Prefixes (INT/NTL/SUB/AC/CC): 000/00/0/7031/49&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:Result: 497031123456 &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4) Spain national call (no SUB)&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:CGPN: 0925123456 (0 Trunk + national number)&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:PBX Prefixes (INT/NTL/SUB/AC/CC): 000/0//912/34&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:Result: 925123456&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== URL definition ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In general, reverse lookup uses the above created result after number conversion with prefixes.&lt;br /&gt;
Depending on the use phone book source, the reverse lookup URL might look different.&lt;br /&gt;
The number handed over to those source needs to be adapted by use of following variables:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* %n - cgpn&lt;br /&gt;
** if phone book entries are stored in international format with &amp;quot;+xyz&amp;quot;, leading &amp;quot;+&amp;quot; may be prepended by using this notation: &#039;+%n&#039;. This is the default setting configured by Installer.&lt;br /&gt;
** if phone book entries are stored in international format with &amp;quot;00xyz&amp;quot;, leading &amp;quot;00&amp;quot; may be prepended by using this notation: &#039;00%n&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* %u - h323 name of the current object. Used to change the relationship of the searchbase to the user. A specific LDAP source can be requested depending of the user which receive the call.&lt;br /&gt;
: See [[{{NAMESPACE}}:Concept_App_Service_Contacts#Reverse_Number_Lookup_for_Personal_Directories | Reverse Number Lookup for Personal Directories]] for how the PBX&#039;s LDAP client handles user information&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Contacts App ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
 ldaps://ap.domain.tld/dc=entries?givenname,sn,company?sub?(metaSearchNumber=+%n)?bindname=ap.domain.tld\contacts&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Contacts is asked by further instances (e.g. PhoneAPP) for details about the found contact via websocket query.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Estos MetaDir ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
 ldap://metadir.domain.tld:712/dc=meta?givenname,sn,company?sub?(|(telephoneNumber=+%n)(mobile=+%n)(homePhone=+%n))?bindname=username&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== C4B ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
 ldap[s]://c4b.domain.tld:[Port]/vdir=VDir?givenname,sn,company?sub?(|(telephoneNumber=+%n)(mobile=+%n)(homePhone=+%n))?bindname=c4b.domain.tld\telbook&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Active Directory ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
 ldaps://domain.tld:636/OU=tld,OU=company,DC=city,DC=LOCAL?givenName,sn,company?sub?(|(telephoneNumber=+%n)(mobile=+%n)(homePhone=+%n))?bindname=domain\username&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== PBX as LDAP Server ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This refers to the legacy [[Howto:Maintaining a Phone Directory in the PBX| PBX-directory solution]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
 ldap://ldap.domain.tld/cn=PBX0?dn,e164,email?sub?(&amp;amp;(node=PhoneBook)(e164=000%n))?bindname=telbook&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Outlook Reverse Lookup ==&lt;br /&gt;
* Works with myAPPs &#039;&#039;&#039;windows launcher&#039;&#039;&#039; client and so Windows compliant only&lt;br /&gt;
* Contact data will be found in all exchange accounts and all contact folders of these accounts&lt;br /&gt;
* requires a configured MAPI profile in Outlook (Exchange Account)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Legacy Device Configuration ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
By default, reverse number lookup is done at the PBX and displayed at the phone. Phone originated directories such as internal phone book, pbx access and external ldap are disabled.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Optionally, it is possible to enable the resolution directly at the phone. This is done by unticking the [[{{NAMESPACE}}:Phone/User/Preferences | option &amp;quot;Disable Phonenumber Look-up&amp;quot;]] at Phone/User/Preferences.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The phone will then use the directory settings of the appropriate user, which are defined in the user object or config template.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If the resolution on the local phone provides a result, this is shown instead of the resolution of the PBX.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Be aware that this might lead to a different result than displayed on the PhoneAPP/SoftphoneAPP/CallList etc. as these applications always resolve against PBX-located settings.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== DECT ==&lt;br /&gt;
In V13, reverse number lookup for DECT systems is also done via the PBX-defined ReverseLookupURL.&lt;br /&gt;
Definition of any directory for reverse lookup in [[{{NAMESPACE}}:DECT2/Config/Master|DECT/Config/Master]] is obsolete.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Name to Number (Forward Search)= &lt;br /&gt;
Search can be done by use of various sources. Those may be&lt;br /&gt;
* PBX itself (UsersApp)&lt;br /&gt;
* included ContactsApp&lt;br /&gt;
* any other external directories&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== UsersApp ==&lt;br /&gt;
All PBX users can be searched via the UsersApp.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Preventing PBX-users from being found in Users/PhoneApp can be realized by disabling option &amp;quot;Visible&amp;quot; in privacy settings.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== ContactsApp ==&lt;br /&gt;
Further, contacts can be managed and searched within the [[Course13:IT_Connect_-_09.0_Contacts|ContactsApp]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It is possible to define several contact instances hosting different contact data and assign those to dedicated users/config template.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Usage ===&lt;br /&gt;
Configure LDAP query with Contacts e.g. at phone:&lt;br /&gt;
* use of the correct user incl. domain (e.g. domain.tld\contacts)&lt;br /&gt;
* Correct password (visible in plain text in PBXManager/APContacts/configuration, checkmark show password)&lt;br /&gt;
* Search attributes:&lt;br /&gt;
** Meta Name Attributes -&amp;gt; metaSearchText&lt;br /&gt;
** Meta Number Attributes -&amp;gt; metaSearchNumber&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== 3rd Party Terminals ===&lt;br /&gt;
To directly search for global Contacts, so all Contacts that are directly uploaded to the App via the import Button, you can set up the Contacts App as ldap server in your 3rd Party terminal environment&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Requirements ====&lt;br /&gt;
*innovaphone AP with Contacts App (At least Version 13r3!)&lt;br /&gt;
*3rd Party Phone (Tested with Phones from Atcom, Snom (Firmware Version 10.1.49.11) and Yealink (Firmware Version 73.85.0.5), no gurantee that all 3rd Party Phones are supported for ldap query through Contacts)&lt;br /&gt;
*LDAP activated at the Contacts App within the PBX Manager with Port, Username and Password&lt;br /&gt;
*Global Contacts stored in the Contacts App (Private Phonebooks are not supported to search)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Client config ====&lt;br /&gt;
*You can use following Parameters for all the tested Devices&lt;br /&gt;
**LDAP Name Filter -&amp;gt;(|(cn=%)(sn=%))&lt;br /&gt;
**Server Address -&amp;gt; DNS or IP of the App Platform with Contacts&lt;br /&gt;
**Port -&amp;gt; 389 or 636 (depending on configuration and if Client supports TLS)&lt;br /&gt;
**Base -&amp;gt; dc=entries&lt;br /&gt;
**Username -&amp;gt; User (LDAP) According to your Contacts configuration in the PBX Manager&lt;br /&gt;
**Password -&amp;gt; Password (LDAP) According to your Contacts configuration in the PBX Manager&lt;br /&gt;
**LDAP Name Attributes -&amp;gt; cn sn displayName&lt;br /&gt;
**LDAP Number Attributes -&amp;gt; telephoneNumber mobile homephone&lt;br /&gt;
**LDAP Display Name -&amp;gt; %cn&lt;br /&gt;
**Protocol -&amp;gt; Version 3&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*You can either use LDAP or LDAPS&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Multiple Numbers for one Contact ====&lt;br /&gt;
If you have a Contact which has multiple Numbers, you can choose which Number you would like to call&lt;br /&gt;
*For Snom and Yealink Phones you can select which Number you would like to select&lt;br /&gt;
*For Atcom you have to reconfigure your config&lt;br /&gt;
**Here you need to rewrite &amp;quot;LDAP Number Attributes&amp;quot; in lowercase letters in order for it to works&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== PhoneApp / SoftphoneApp / myAPPs ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Within Phone/SoftphoneAPP search requests can be performed towards multiple sources in parallel if assigned to the respective user.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== LDAP Object ===&lt;br /&gt;
To extend the amount of external search sources you can use the LDAP Object in the PBX.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To be defined depending on the external source attributes [[{{NAMESPACE}}:PBX/Objects/LDAP|according to this description]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
LDAP object has to be assigned via App-tab to dedicated user / configuration template.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== myPBX ==&lt;br /&gt;
For myPBX, forward search is performed as usual via the [[{{NAMESPACE}}:Phone/User/Directories | Phone/User/Directories]]. &lt;br /&gt;
myPBX does not perform forward search in databases defined via ldap-objects.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Outlook Forward Search ==&lt;br /&gt;
* Works with myAPPs and myPBX [[{{NAMESPACE}}:Concept_myAPPs_Search_in_local-Outlook_Contacts|&#039;&#039;&#039;windows launcher&#039;&#039;&#039;]] and so Windows compliant only&lt;br /&gt;
* Contact data will be found in all exchange accounts and all contact folders of these accounts&lt;br /&gt;
* requires a configured MAPI profile in Outlook (Exchange Account)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Hardware Phone ==&lt;br /&gt;
Search on the hardware phone is done by use of the [[{{NAMESPACE}}:Phone/User/Directories|configured directories]] at the phone.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In case of phone connection via ReverseProxy, refer to [[Howto:V13_LDAP_IP_Phones_Directory_Services_via_Reverse_Proxy|this description]] on how to configure search.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= Troubleshooting =&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Reverse Lookup doesn&#039;t work ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== SIP Trunk name delivery ===&lt;br /&gt;
Reverse Lookups are only executed for incoming calls without any embedded display name information. Some SIP provider will send the phone number as additional &#039;&#039;Display Name&#039;&#039; Information. In this case the Reverse Lookup will not be performed.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
This additional carrier information can be removed within the routing by deactivating the flag &amp;quot;[[{{NAMESPACE}}:Gateway/Routes/Map|Interworking (QSIG,SIP)]]&amp;quot; in the incoming SIP route.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Contacts password ===&lt;br /&gt;
Reverse lookup against contacts does not work due to wrong password usage. Password used at ReverseLookupURL has to be equal to password defined at AP Contacts settings in PBXManager&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== MyAPPs - Forward Search with LDAP Object ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In case of non-working search request to a configured LdapApp-object, one can search in the myapps traces and crosscheck for related responses. The trace can be taken with the web console of your browser (F12), or by activating the trace flag &amp;quot;[[{{NAMESPACE}}:Concept_myApps#Tracing_and_logging|Browser]]&amp;quot; available in your myApps client.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the following example an LdapApp-object exists with the Name &amp;quot;MetaDir&amp;quot; and is configured as App to the User who searches for &amp;quot;jon doe&amp;quot;:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
 // search pattern is &amp;quot;jon doe&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
 PhoneSearchBar::onSearchInputChange() input=jon doe&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
One can see the following lines in myAPPs-trace:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
 // start connection and login &lt;br /&gt;
 open &amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;background-color: yellow&amp;quot;&amp;gt;MetaDir&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt; url=http://localhost:10008/appproxy/ext/pbx.domain.de/PBX0/APPS/&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;background-color: yellow&amp;quot;&amp;gt;MetaDir&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;/ldap_api.htm? &lt;br /&gt;
 name=&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;background-color: yellow&amp;quot;&amp;gt;MetaDir&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&amp;amp;title=&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;background-color: yellow&amp;quot;&amp;gt;MetaDir&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&amp;amp;scheme=dark&amp;amp;lang=de&amp;amp;originalUrl=http%3A%2F%2Fpbx.domain.de%2FPBX0%2FAPPS%2FMetaDir%2Fldap_api&lt;br /&gt;
 started: &amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;background-color: yellow&amp;quot;&amp;gt;MetaDir&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt; (hidden)&lt;br /&gt;
 AppWebsocket(&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;background-color: yellow&amp;quot;&amp;gt;MetaDir&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;) ws://localhost:10008/appproxy/ext/pbx.domain.de/PBX0/APPS/MetaDir/132075/websocket&lt;br /&gt;
 AppWebsocket(&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;background-color: yellow&amp;quot;&amp;gt;MetaDir&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;) ws://localhost:10008/appproxy/ext/pbx.domain.de/PBX0/APPS/MetaDir/132075/websocket&lt;br /&gt;
 send: {&amp;quot;mt&amp;quot;:&amp;quot;AppLogin&amp;quot;,&amp;quot;app&amp;quot;:&amp;quot;ldap_api&amp;quot;,&amp;quot;domain&amp;quot;:&amp;quot;domain.de&amp;quot;,&amp;quot;sip&amp;quot;:&amp;quot;slutz&amp;quot;,&amp;quot;guid&amp;quot;:&amp;quot;e9653d7a7a615901b5b300155dbb1337&amp;quot;,&amp;quot;dn&amp;quot;:&amp;quot;slutz&amp;quot;,&amp;quot;info&amp;quot;:{&amp;quot;appobj&amp;quot;:&amp;quot;&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;background-color: yellow&amp;quot;&amp;gt;MetaDir&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&amp;quot;,&amp;quot;appurl&amp;quot;:&amp;quot;../../APPS/&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;background-color: yellow&amp;quot;&amp;gt;MetaDir&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;/ldap_api&amp;quot;,&amp;quot;cn&amp;quot;:&amp;quot;slutz&amp;quot;,&amp;quot;unlicensed&amp;quot;:true,&amp;quot;groups&amp;quot;:[&amp;quot;test&amp;quot;]},&amp;quot;digest&amp;quot;:&amp;quot;***&amp;quot;,&amp;quot;pbxObj&amp;quot;:&amp;quot;&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;background-color: yellow&amp;quot;&amp;gt;MetaDir&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&amp;quot;}&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
 // Login successful and Search API is registered&lt;br /&gt;
 recv: {&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;background-color: orange&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;quot;mt&amp;quot;:&amp;quot;AppLoginResult&amp;quot;,&amp;quot;ok&amp;quot;:true&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;}&lt;br /&gt;
 recv from &amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;background-color: yellow&amp;quot;&amp;gt;MetaDir&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;: {&amp;quot;mt&amp;quot;:&amp;quot;RegisterApi&amp;quot;,&amp;quot;api&amp;quot;:&amp;quot;com.innovaphone.search&amp;quot;}&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
 // send search request to LDAP APP&lt;br /&gt;
 send to &amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;background-color: yellow&amp;quot;&amp;gt;MetaDir&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;: {&amp;quot;mt&amp;quot;:&amp;quot;ApiRequest&amp;quot;,&amp;quot;api&amp;quot;:&amp;quot;com.innovaphone.search&amp;quot;,&amp;quot;consumer&amp;quot;:&amp;quot;dev:009033465440&amp;quot;,&amp;quot;provider&amp;quot;:&amp;quot;*&amp;quot;,&amp;quot;src&amp;quot;:&amp;quot;2&amp;quot;,&amp;quot;msg&amp;quot;:{&amp;quot;mt&amp;quot;:&amp;quot;Search&amp;quot;,&amp;quot;type&amp;quot;:&amp;quot;contact&amp;quot;,&amp;quot;search&amp;quot;:&amp;quot;jon doe&amp;quot;}}&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
 // receive result from LDAP App&lt;br /&gt;
 recv from &amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;background-color: yellow&amp;quot;&amp;gt;MetaDir&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;: {&amp;quot;mt&amp;quot;:&amp;quot;ApiResult&amp;quot;,&amp;quot;api&amp;quot;:&amp;quot;com.innovaphone.search&amp;quot;,&amp;quot;consumer&amp;quot;:&amp;quot;dev:009033465449&amp;quot;,&amp;quot;src&amp;quot;:&amp;quot;2&amp;quot;,&amp;quot;msg&amp;quot;:{&amp;quot;mt&amp;quot;:&amp;quot;SearchInfo&amp;quot;,&amp;quot;type&amp;quot;:&amp;quot;contact&amp;quot;,&amp;quot;dn&amp;quot;:&amp;quot;Jon Doe&amp;quot;,&amp;quot;contact&amp;quot;:{&amp;quot;cn&amp;quot;:&amp;quot;John Doe&amp;quot;,&amp;quot;givenname&amp;quot;:&amp;quot;John&amp;quot;,&amp;quot;sn&amp;quot;:&amp;quot;Doe&amp;quot;,&amp;quot;company&amp;quot;:&amp;quot;Company&amp;quot;,&amp;quot;street&amp;quot;:&amp;quot;street 123&amp;quot;,&amp;quot;postalcode&amp;quot;:&amp;quot;12345&amp;quot;,&amp;quot;city&amp;quot;:&amp;quot;city&amp;quot;,&amp;quot;telephonenumber&amp;quot;:[&amp;quot;+49123456789&amp;quot;],&amp;quot;homephone&amp;quot;:[],&amp;quot;mobile&amp;quot;:[&amp;quot;+49123456789&amp;quot;],&amp;quot;sip&amp;quot;:[],&amp;quot;email&amp;quot;:[&amp;quot;john.doe@domain.de&amp;quot;]}}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= Related Articles =&lt;br /&gt;
* [[{{NAMESPACE}}:PBX/Config/General]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[{{NAMESPACE}}:PBX/Objects/LDAP]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[{{NAMESPACE}}:Phone/User/Directories]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[{{NAMESPACE}}:Concept_App_Service_Contacts]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Howto:V13_LDAP_IP_Phones_Directory_Services_via_Reverse_Proxy]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[{{NAMESPACE}}:Concept_Number_Adjustments_(Dialing_Location)]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[{{NAMESPACE}}:Concept_Reverse_Lookup]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[{{NAMESPACE}}:Concept_myAPPs_Search_in_local-Outlook_Contacts]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Gbe</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://wiki.innovaphone.com/index.php?title=Reference13r3:Concept_Number_Resolution_and_LDAP&amp;diff=72258</id>
		<title>Reference13r3:Concept Number Resolution and LDAP</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://wiki.innovaphone.com/index.php?title=Reference13r3:Concept_Number_Resolution_and_LDAP&amp;diff=72258"/>
		<updated>2024-06-27T08:25:01Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Gbe: /* Contacts App */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;= General =&lt;br /&gt;
This document shows the V13 concept of number resolution, LDAP search and reverse lookup.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= Short overview and scenarios =&lt;br /&gt;
There are basically two different directions for resolutions:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Number to Name (Reverse Lookup)&lt;br /&gt;
:Backward resolutions are performed centrally for incoming and outgoing calls on PBX-level. A [[{{NAMESPACE}}:PBX/Config/General|&#039;&#039;Reverse Lookup URL&#039;&#039;]] can be stored per PBX.&lt;br /&gt;
:By default, this is a 1-to-1 relationship (a single PBX can query an single LDAP source).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Name to Number (Forward Search)&lt;br /&gt;
:Forward search differs between software and hardware:&lt;br /&gt;
:* myApps&lt;br /&gt;
::1-to-n relationship. A user can search simultaneously in multiple sources&lt;br /&gt;
:* Desk phone&lt;br /&gt;
::Search can be done according to the LDAP configuration in the [[{{NAMESPACE}}:Phone/User/Directories|external directories]] settings of the user object.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Number to Name (Reverse Lookup)=&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Concept ==&lt;br /&gt;
Resolution is done at the PBX for incoming and outgoing calls according to the locally defined reverse lookup setting. The URL might be different within PBXes of the same system (master, slaves).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For a general overview about the URL definition, refer to the [[{{NAMESPACE}}:Concept_Reverse_Lookup|concept article on reverse lookup]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In incoming direction resolution is done only for calls without any provider embedded display name information.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Resolution is done by LDAP-queries against sources like the PBX phonebook itself, V13-contacts application or any external 3rd-pty directory.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Setup is done via the &#039;&#039;Reverse Lookup URL&#039;&#039; which is configured under [[{{NAMESPACE}}:PBX/Config/General|PBX/Config/General]].&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
If a resolution succeeds via this mechanism, the resolved name is given to all other applications/locations. (MyApps, Phones (also DECT), CDRs, Reporting, Call-List, etc.)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== PBX Configuration ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Central PBX Reverse Lookup is activated by definition of the [[{{NAMESPACE}}:PBX/Config/General|&#039;&#039;Reverse Lookup URL&#039;&#039;]].&amp;lt;/br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The URL is an [https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc2255 RFC2255] encoded string. The format is explained [[{{NAMESPACE}}:PBX/Config/General|here]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Examples of reverse lookup url&#039;s for most common directories can be found below. Other LDAP-based directory services may be used as well.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The LDAP-URL also supports the attribute DN (Distinguished Name) [[Reference13r1:Release_Notes_Firmware#66919_-_PBX_Reverse_Lookup:_Allow_X.500_bindname_format|since v13r1sr10]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Following prerequisites apply:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Prefix section ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Depending on the PBX setup (flat or nodes) prefixes are defined either in the general PBX config and/or in the node/pbx-objects.&lt;br /&gt;
Only the &amp;quot;deepest&amp;quot; definition is taken into account for number conversion/adaption. In case of empty prefixes, no higher-leveled definitions are taken into account.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
E.g. if the called pbx-user is located within a node, the prefix definition of this node is used for number normalisation. If those node prefixes are empty, no other prefixes in e.g. PBX-general are used.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In general, prefix definition may contain prefixes for&lt;br /&gt;
* International (INT)&lt;br /&gt;
* National (NTL)&lt;br /&gt;
* Subscriber (SUB)&lt;br /&gt;
* Area Code (AC)&lt;br /&gt;
* Country Code (CC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Usage and definition depend on the country specific number plan.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The PBX tries to format the incoming number (CGPN) by performing a match against the prefixes in left to right order. In case of any prefix field is empty, the next one will be investigated. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Following rules apply upon prefix match:&lt;br /&gt;
* INT prefix matches: remove INT prefix&lt;br /&gt;
* NTL prefix matches: remove NTL prefix, prepend CC&lt;br /&gt;
* SUB prefix matches: remove SUB prefix, prepend CC + AC&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Examples&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1) German mobile call (best practice pbx config)&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:CGPN: 00171123456 (0 Trunk + mobile number)&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:PBX Prefixes (INT/NTL/SUB/AC/CC): 000/00/0/7031/49&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:Result: 49171123456&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2) German mobile call (missing pbx config)&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:CGPN: 00171123456 (0 Trunk + mobil number)&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:PBX Prefixes (INT/NTL/SUB/AC/CC): none&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:Result: 00171123456&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3) German city call (typically ISDN, SIP-CGPNs are always signaled in international format)&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:CGPN: 0123456 (0 Trunk + local subscriber number)&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:PBX Prefixes (INT/NTL/SUB/AC/CC): 000/00/0/7031/49&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:Result: 497031123456 &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4) Spain national call (no SUB)&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:CGPN: 0925123456 (0 Trunk + national number)&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:PBX Prefixes (INT/NTL/SUB/AC/CC): 000/0//912/34&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:Result: 925123456&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== URL definition ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In general, reverse lookup uses the above created result after number conversion with prefixes.&lt;br /&gt;
Depending on the use phone book source, the reverse lookup URL might look different.&lt;br /&gt;
The number handed over to those source needs to be adapted by use of following variables:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* %n - cgpn&lt;br /&gt;
** if phone book entries are stored in international format with &amp;quot;+xyz&amp;quot;, leading &amp;quot;+&amp;quot; may be prepended by using this notation: &#039;+%n&#039;. This is the default setting configured by Installer.&lt;br /&gt;
** if phone book entries are stored in international format with &amp;quot;00xyz&amp;quot;, leading &amp;quot;00&amp;quot; may be prepended by using this notation: &#039;00%n&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* %u - h323 name of the current object. Used to change the relationship of the searchbase to the user. A specific LDAP source can be requested depending of the user which receive the call.&lt;br /&gt;
: See [[{{NAMESPACE}}:Concept_App_Service_Contacts#Reverse_Number_Lookup_for_Personal_Directories | Reverse Number Lookup for Personal Directories]] for how the PBX&#039;s LDAP client handles user information&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Contacts App ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
 ldaps://ap.domain.tld/dc=entries?givenname,sn,company?sub?(metaSearchNumber=+%n)?bindname=ap.domain.tld\contacts&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Contacts is asked by further instances (e.g. PhoneAPP) for details about the found contact via websocket query.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Estos MetaDir ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
 ldap://metadir.domain.tld:712/dc=meta?givenname,sn,company?sub?(|(telephoneNumber=+%n)(mobile=+%n)(homePhone=+%n))?bindname=username&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== C4B ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
 ldap[s]://c4b.domain.tld:[Port]/vdir=VDir?givenname,sn,company?sub?(|(telephoneNumber=+%n)(mobile=+%n)(homePhone=+%n))?bindname=c4b.domain.tld\telbook&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Active Directory ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
 ldaps://domain.tld:636/OU=tld,OU=company,DC=city,DC=LOCAL?givenname,sn,company?sub?(|(telephoneNumber=+%n)(mobile=+%n)(homePhone=+%n))?bindname=domain\username&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== PBX as LDAP Server ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This refers to the legacy [[Howto:Maintaining a Phone Directory in the PBX| PBX-directory solution]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
 ldap://ldap.domain.tld/cn=PBX0?dn,e164,email?sub?(&amp;amp;(node=PhoneBook)(e164=000%n))?bindname=telbook&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Outlook Reverse Lookup ==&lt;br /&gt;
* Works with myAPPs &#039;&#039;&#039;windows launcher&#039;&#039;&#039; client and so Windows compliant only&lt;br /&gt;
* Contact data will be found in all exchange accounts and all contact folders of these accounts&lt;br /&gt;
* requires a configured MAPI profile in Outlook (Exchange Account)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Legacy Device Configuration ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
By default, reverse number lookup is done at the PBX and displayed at the phone. Phone originated directories such as internal phone book, pbx access and external ldap are disabled.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Optionally, it is possible to enable the resolution directly at the phone. This is done by unticking the [[{{NAMESPACE}}:Phone/User/Preferences | option &amp;quot;Disable Phonenumber Look-up&amp;quot;]] at Phone/User/Preferences.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The phone will then use the directory settings of the appropriate user, which are defined in the user object or config template.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If the resolution on the local phone provides a result, this is shown instead of the resolution of the PBX.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Be aware that this might lead to a different result than displayed on the PhoneAPP/SoftphoneAPP/CallList etc. as these applications always resolve against PBX-located settings.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== DECT ==&lt;br /&gt;
In V13, reverse number lookup for DECT systems is also done via the PBX-defined ReverseLookupURL.&lt;br /&gt;
Definition of any directory for reverse lookup in [[{{NAMESPACE}}:DECT2/Config/Master|DECT/Config/Master]] is obsolete.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Name to Number (Forward Search)= &lt;br /&gt;
Search can be done by use of various sources. Those may be&lt;br /&gt;
* PBX itself (UsersApp)&lt;br /&gt;
* included ContactsApp&lt;br /&gt;
* any other external directories&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== UsersApp ==&lt;br /&gt;
All PBX users can be searched via the UsersApp.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Preventing PBX-users from being found in Users/PhoneApp can be realized by disabling option &amp;quot;Visible&amp;quot; in privacy settings.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== ContactsApp ==&lt;br /&gt;
Further, contacts can be managed and searched within the [[Course13:IT_Connect_-_09.0_Contacts|ContactsApp]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It is possible to define several contact instances hosting different contact data and assign those to dedicated users/config template.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Usage ===&lt;br /&gt;
Configure LDAP query with Contacts e.g. at phone:&lt;br /&gt;
* use of the correct user incl. domain (e.g. domain.tld\contacts)&lt;br /&gt;
* Correct password (visible in plain text in PBXManager/APContacts/configuration, checkmark show password)&lt;br /&gt;
* Search attributes:&lt;br /&gt;
** Meta Name Attributes -&amp;gt; metaSearchText&lt;br /&gt;
** Meta Number Attributes -&amp;gt; metaSearchNumber&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== 3rd Party Terminals ===&lt;br /&gt;
To directly search for global Contacts, so all Contacts that are directly uploaded to the App via the import Button, you can set up the Contacts App as ldap server in your 3rd Party terminal environment&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Requirements ====&lt;br /&gt;
*innovaphone AP with Contacts App (At least Version 13r3!)&lt;br /&gt;
*3rd Party Phone (Tested with Phones from Atcom, Snom (Firmware Version 10.1.49.11) and Yealink (Firmware Version 73.85.0.5), no gurantee that all 3rd Party Phones are supported for ldap query through Contacts)&lt;br /&gt;
*LDAP activated at the Contacts App within the PBX Manager with Port, Username and Password&lt;br /&gt;
*Global Contacts stored in the Contacts App (Private Phonebooks are not supported to search)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Client config ====&lt;br /&gt;
*You can use following Parameters for all the tested Devices&lt;br /&gt;
**LDAP Name Filter -&amp;gt;(|(cn=%)(sn=%))&lt;br /&gt;
**Server Address -&amp;gt; DNS or IP of the App Platform with Contacts&lt;br /&gt;
**Port -&amp;gt; 389 or 636 (depending on configuration and if Client supports TLS)&lt;br /&gt;
**Base -&amp;gt; dc=entries&lt;br /&gt;
**Username -&amp;gt; User (LDAP) According to your Contacts configuration in the PBX Manager&lt;br /&gt;
**Password -&amp;gt; Password (LDAP) According to your Contacts configuration in the PBX Manager&lt;br /&gt;
**LDAP Name Attributes -&amp;gt; cn sn displayName&lt;br /&gt;
**LDAP Number Attributes -&amp;gt; telephoneNumber mobile homephone&lt;br /&gt;
**LDAP Display Name -&amp;gt; %cn&lt;br /&gt;
**Protocol -&amp;gt; Version 3&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*You can either use LDAP or LDAPS&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Multiple Numbers for one Contact ====&lt;br /&gt;
If you have a Contact which has multiple Numbers, you can choose which Number you would like to call&lt;br /&gt;
*For Snom and Yealink Phones you can select which Number you would like to select&lt;br /&gt;
*For Atcom you have to reconfigure your config&lt;br /&gt;
**Here you need to rewrite &amp;quot;LDAP Number Attributes&amp;quot; in lowercase letters in order for it to works&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== PhoneApp / SoftphoneApp / myAPPs ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Within Phone/SoftphoneAPP search requests can be performed towards multiple sources in parallel if assigned to the respective user.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== LDAP Object ===&lt;br /&gt;
To extend the amount of external search sources you can use the LDAP Object in the PBX.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To be defined depending on the external source attributes [[{{NAMESPACE}}:PBX/Objects/LDAP|according to this description]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
LDAP object has to be assigned via App-tab to dedicated user / configuration template.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== myPBX ==&lt;br /&gt;
For myPBX, forward search is performed as usual via the [[{{NAMESPACE}}:Phone/User/Directories | Phone/User/Directories]]. &lt;br /&gt;
myPBX does not perform forward search in databases defined via ldap-objects.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Outlook Forward Search ==&lt;br /&gt;
* Works with myAPPs and myPBX [[{{NAMESPACE}}:Concept_myAPPs_Search_in_local-Outlook_Contacts|&#039;&#039;&#039;windows launcher&#039;&#039;&#039;]] and so Windows compliant only&lt;br /&gt;
* Contact data will be found in all exchange accounts and all contact folders of these accounts&lt;br /&gt;
* requires a configured MAPI profile in Outlook (Exchange Account)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Hardware Phone ==&lt;br /&gt;
Search on the hardware phone is done by use of the [[{{NAMESPACE}}:Phone/User/Directories|configured directories]] at the phone.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In case of phone connection via ReverseProxy, refer to [[Howto:V13_LDAP_IP_Phones_Directory_Services_via_Reverse_Proxy|this description]] on how to configure search.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= Troubleshooting =&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Reverse Lookup doesn&#039;t work ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== SIP Trunk name delivery ===&lt;br /&gt;
Reverse Lookups are only executed for incoming calls without any embedded display name information. Some SIP provider will send the phone number as additional &#039;&#039;Display Name&#039;&#039; Information. In this case the Reverse Lookup will not be performed.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
This additional carrier information can be removed within the routing by deactivating the flag &amp;quot;[[{{NAMESPACE}}:Gateway/Routes/Map|Interworking (QSIG,SIP)]]&amp;quot; in the incoming SIP route.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Contacts password ===&lt;br /&gt;
Reverse lookup against contacts does not work due to wrong password usage. Password used at ReverseLookupURL has to be equal to password defined at AP Contacts settings in PBXManager&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== MyAPPs - Forward Search with LDAP Object ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In case of non-working search request to a configured LdapApp-object, one can search in the myapps traces and crosscheck for related responses. The trace can be taken with the web console of your browser (F12), or by activating the trace flag &amp;quot;[[{{NAMESPACE}}:Concept_myApps#Tracing_and_logging|Browser]]&amp;quot; available in your myApps client.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the following example an LdapApp-object exists with the Name &amp;quot;MetaDir&amp;quot; and is configured as App to the User who searches for &amp;quot;jon doe&amp;quot;:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
 // search pattern is &amp;quot;jon doe&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
 PhoneSearchBar::onSearchInputChange() input=jon doe&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
One can see the following lines in myAPPs-trace:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
 // start connection and login &lt;br /&gt;
 open &amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;background-color: yellow&amp;quot;&amp;gt;MetaDir&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt; url=http://localhost:10008/appproxy/ext/pbx.domain.de/PBX0/APPS/&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;background-color: yellow&amp;quot;&amp;gt;MetaDir&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;/ldap_api.htm? &lt;br /&gt;
 name=&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;background-color: yellow&amp;quot;&amp;gt;MetaDir&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&amp;amp;title=&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;background-color: yellow&amp;quot;&amp;gt;MetaDir&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&amp;amp;scheme=dark&amp;amp;lang=de&amp;amp;originalUrl=http%3A%2F%2Fpbx.domain.de%2FPBX0%2FAPPS%2FMetaDir%2Fldap_api&lt;br /&gt;
 started: &amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;background-color: yellow&amp;quot;&amp;gt;MetaDir&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt; (hidden)&lt;br /&gt;
 AppWebsocket(&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;background-color: yellow&amp;quot;&amp;gt;MetaDir&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;) ws://localhost:10008/appproxy/ext/pbx.domain.de/PBX0/APPS/MetaDir/132075/websocket&lt;br /&gt;
 AppWebsocket(&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;background-color: yellow&amp;quot;&amp;gt;MetaDir&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;) ws://localhost:10008/appproxy/ext/pbx.domain.de/PBX0/APPS/MetaDir/132075/websocket&lt;br /&gt;
 send: {&amp;quot;mt&amp;quot;:&amp;quot;AppLogin&amp;quot;,&amp;quot;app&amp;quot;:&amp;quot;ldap_api&amp;quot;,&amp;quot;domain&amp;quot;:&amp;quot;domain.de&amp;quot;,&amp;quot;sip&amp;quot;:&amp;quot;slutz&amp;quot;,&amp;quot;guid&amp;quot;:&amp;quot;e9653d7a7a615901b5b300155dbb1337&amp;quot;,&amp;quot;dn&amp;quot;:&amp;quot;slutz&amp;quot;,&amp;quot;info&amp;quot;:{&amp;quot;appobj&amp;quot;:&amp;quot;&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;background-color: yellow&amp;quot;&amp;gt;MetaDir&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&amp;quot;,&amp;quot;appurl&amp;quot;:&amp;quot;../../APPS/&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;background-color: yellow&amp;quot;&amp;gt;MetaDir&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;/ldap_api&amp;quot;,&amp;quot;cn&amp;quot;:&amp;quot;slutz&amp;quot;,&amp;quot;unlicensed&amp;quot;:true,&amp;quot;groups&amp;quot;:[&amp;quot;test&amp;quot;]},&amp;quot;digest&amp;quot;:&amp;quot;***&amp;quot;,&amp;quot;pbxObj&amp;quot;:&amp;quot;&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;background-color: yellow&amp;quot;&amp;gt;MetaDir&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&amp;quot;}&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
 // Login successful and Search API is registered&lt;br /&gt;
 recv: {&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;background-color: orange&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;quot;mt&amp;quot;:&amp;quot;AppLoginResult&amp;quot;,&amp;quot;ok&amp;quot;:true&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;}&lt;br /&gt;
 recv from &amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;background-color: yellow&amp;quot;&amp;gt;MetaDir&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;: {&amp;quot;mt&amp;quot;:&amp;quot;RegisterApi&amp;quot;,&amp;quot;api&amp;quot;:&amp;quot;com.innovaphone.search&amp;quot;}&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
 // send search request to LDAP APP&lt;br /&gt;
 send to &amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;background-color: yellow&amp;quot;&amp;gt;MetaDir&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;: {&amp;quot;mt&amp;quot;:&amp;quot;ApiRequest&amp;quot;,&amp;quot;api&amp;quot;:&amp;quot;com.innovaphone.search&amp;quot;,&amp;quot;consumer&amp;quot;:&amp;quot;dev:009033465440&amp;quot;,&amp;quot;provider&amp;quot;:&amp;quot;*&amp;quot;,&amp;quot;src&amp;quot;:&amp;quot;2&amp;quot;,&amp;quot;msg&amp;quot;:{&amp;quot;mt&amp;quot;:&amp;quot;Search&amp;quot;,&amp;quot;type&amp;quot;:&amp;quot;contact&amp;quot;,&amp;quot;search&amp;quot;:&amp;quot;jon doe&amp;quot;}}&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
 // receive result from LDAP App&lt;br /&gt;
 recv from &amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;background-color: yellow&amp;quot;&amp;gt;MetaDir&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;: {&amp;quot;mt&amp;quot;:&amp;quot;ApiResult&amp;quot;,&amp;quot;api&amp;quot;:&amp;quot;com.innovaphone.search&amp;quot;,&amp;quot;consumer&amp;quot;:&amp;quot;dev:009033465449&amp;quot;,&amp;quot;src&amp;quot;:&amp;quot;2&amp;quot;,&amp;quot;msg&amp;quot;:{&amp;quot;mt&amp;quot;:&amp;quot;SearchInfo&amp;quot;,&amp;quot;type&amp;quot;:&amp;quot;contact&amp;quot;,&amp;quot;dn&amp;quot;:&amp;quot;Jon Doe&amp;quot;,&amp;quot;contact&amp;quot;:{&amp;quot;cn&amp;quot;:&amp;quot;John Doe&amp;quot;,&amp;quot;givenname&amp;quot;:&amp;quot;John&amp;quot;,&amp;quot;sn&amp;quot;:&amp;quot;Doe&amp;quot;,&amp;quot;company&amp;quot;:&amp;quot;Company&amp;quot;,&amp;quot;street&amp;quot;:&amp;quot;street 123&amp;quot;,&amp;quot;postalcode&amp;quot;:&amp;quot;12345&amp;quot;,&amp;quot;city&amp;quot;:&amp;quot;city&amp;quot;,&amp;quot;telephonenumber&amp;quot;:[&amp;quot;+49123456789&amp;quot;],&amp;quot;homephone&amp;quot;:[],&amp;quot;mobile&amp;quot;:[&amp;quot;+49123456789&amp;quot;],&amp;quot;sip&amp;quot;:[],&amp;quot;email&amp;quot;:[&amp;quot;john.doe@domain.de&amp;quot;]}}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= Related Articles =&lt;br /&gt;
* [[{{NAMESPACE}}:PBX/Config/General]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[{{NAMESPACE}}:PBX/Objects/LDAP]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[{{NAMESPACE}}:Phone/User/Directories]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[{{NAMESPACE}}:Concept_App_Service_Contacts]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Howto:V13_LDAP_IP_Phones_Directory_Services_via_Reverse_Proxy]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[{{NAMESPACE}}:Concept_Number_Adjustments_(Dialing_Location)]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[{{NAMESPACE}}:Concept_Reverse_Lookup]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[{{NAMESPACE}}:Concept_myAPPs_Search_in_local-Outlook_Contacts]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Gbe</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://wiki.innovaphone.com/index.php?title=Howto14r2:Firmware_Upgrade_V14r1_V14r2&amp;diff=71176</id>
		<title>Howto14r2:Firmware Upgrade V14r1 V14r2</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://wiki.innovaphone.com/index.php?title=Howto14r2:Firmware_Upgrade_V14r1_V14r2&amp;diff=71176"/>
		<updated>2024-03-14T07:34:04Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Gbe: /* Changed Apps */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;{{FIXME|reason=This article is still in progress and not finished not yet finished!}}&lt;br /&gt;
== Applies To ==&lt;br /&gt;
This information applies to:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* All 14r2 capable innovaphone devices&lt;br /&gt;
: For a general overview of the upgrade process and a list of supported devices with 14r2, see [[Howto:Firmware Upgrade]]&lt;br /&gt;
== Licenses ==&lt;br /&gt;
If the system is licensed on premise, you&#039;ll need to regenerate the license file for V14 in https://portal.innovaphone.com/ and load into the system before upgrade (The system needs to have the SSC up to date).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In case of cloud or rental model, don&#039;t worry about licenses.&lt;br /&gt;
== Migration Policy ==&lt;br /&gt;
Here is how you upgrade a system to 14r1 from 14r2.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== App Platform and Apps ===&lt;br /&gt;
14r2 Apps are no longer compatible with App Platform Images version 11xxxx or below.&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* first update your Apps to the latest 14r1 version (this is important, don&#039;t skip this step!)&lt;br /&gt;
* upgrade your App Platform to version 12xxxx in the settings of your App Platform Manager&lt;br /&gt;
* upgrade your Apps to version 14r2 now&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
 Note that all previous versions of Apps will still run on App Platform version 12xxxx, just 14r2 Apps require this new image version.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== App Platform replication ===&lt;br /&gt;
Sadly it&#039;s not possible to upgrade the App Platform on App Platform Standbys directly due to a major version change of the PostgreSQL database. So follow these steps:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* follow the steps above to upgrade your &#039;&#039;&#039;primary&#039;&#039;&#039; server&lt;br /&gt;
* update the App Platform Manager and Webserver to the latest 14r1 version on each &#039;&#039;&#039;standby&#039;&#039;&#039; (this is important, don&#039;t skip this step!)&lt;br /&gt;
* disable replication on each &#039;&#039;&#039;standby&#039;&#039;&#039; completely &lt;br /&gt;
* upgrade your App Platform to version 12xxxx in the settings of your App Platform Manager on each &#039;&#039;&#039;standby&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* upgrade your Apps to version 14r2 now on each &#039;&#039;&#039;standby&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* activate standby replication on the &#039;&#039;&#039;standbys&#039;&#039;&#039; again now -&amp;gt; this will do a full replication again which might take some time&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Changes visible to the end customers ==&lt;br /&gt;
Listed here are changes that should be communicated by resellers to end users prior to a 14r2 upgrade, as the change will be visible/audible in the behaviour of the application/device.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Changed Apps ==&lt;br /&gt;
If the installer is not used for a new installation, some new default settings are not set. Please evaluate per app whether you want to configure the new default settings manually.&lt;br /&gt;
* Calendar App - Microsoft Office 365 Exchange. Microsoft [https://techcommunity.microsoft.com/t5/exchange-team-blog/retirement-of-rbac-application-impersonation-in-exchange-online/ba-p/4062671 Retirement of RBAC Application Impersonation in Exchange Online] . You have to change some configurations in the PBX Manager Plugin for the Calendar App. See [[Howto13r2:Setting up Calendar with OAuth2]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== New Apps ==&lt;br /&gt;
New Apps will not be installed automatically by the 14r1 to 14r2 upgrade. The installation description of new 14r2 apps is usually in the concept article. Please rate per app whether you want to install/use the new app and configure it manually.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Needed configuration changes ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Removed in 14r2 ==&lt;br /&gt;
The following software is no longer included in 14r2.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Deprecated in 14r2 ==&lt;br /&gt;
The following software is based on legacy technology with no further development and limited maintenance and support.&lt;br /&gt;
We strongly recommend migrating to our successor products that are fully compatible with 14r2 and myApps technology.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Known Problems==&lt;br /&gt;
===Long Update-duration===&lt;br /&gt;
When you update, it can be up to 10 minutes before you have access to your app platform again.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Resources Considerations ==&lt;br /&gt;
New firmware always has more features which in turn requires more resources. Growing firmware will thus consume both more flash and RAM for sure. A given system configuration will run flawlessly after a firmware largely only if there is still enough memory left after boot.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Standard configurations which are according the specs will run on all supported hardware. However, unusual configurations may not. It is a good idea to examine both flash and RAM memory left on high load situations in your existing configuration to see if there is enough resources left for an upgrade. Please find details in Reference:Device Health Check.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== RAM ===&lt;br /&gt;
As a rough rule of thumb, a 14r2 release will consume the same amount of RAM compared to a v14r1 firmware.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Flash Memory  ===&lt;br /&gt;
As a rough rule of thumb, a v14r2 release will consume ~ xxxxx TBD MB more flash memory compared to a v14r1 firmware.&lt;br /&gt;
New firmware comes with new code for new features which consumes more flash memory for the firmware image. For this reason, devices may run out of flash memory during upgrade to v14r2.  Here is the recommended procedure for upgrade on such devices:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* save entire configuration&lt;br /&gt;
* reset to factory defaults&lt;br /&gt;
* load saved configuration (this will reorganize the flash memory usage)&lt;br /&gt;
* upgrade to new firmware&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When there is still not enough flash memory available to store the new firmware (Web GUI ends up in a &#039;&#039;Firmwareupdate failed:no space&#039;&#039; / Update client end in a &#039;&#039;Error 0x00130001 Major FLASHMAN0 no space&#039;&#039; event) please open a support case with your current configuration file.&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Gbe</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://wiki.innovaphone.com/index.php?title=Howto:Firmware_Upgrade&amp;diff=68886</id>
		<title>Howto:Firmware Upgrade</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://wiki.innovaphone.com/index.php?title=Howto:Firmware_Upgrade&amp;diff=68886"/>
		<updated>2023-10-12T07:45:28Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Gbe: /* Version 10 */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;== Applies To ==&lt;br /&gt;
This information applies to:&lt;br /&gt;
* All innovaphone devices and software&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Firmware support policy ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For currently supported firmware versions, please [[Support:Supported_innovaphone_versions|refer to this overview]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Firmware upgrade policy ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When upgrading from a previous major version to a service release within a higher major version, it is mandatory to upgrade in stages.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For example, if you want to upgrade from 12r2 to 13r3, you must first upgrade from 12r2 to 13r1, then from 13r1 to 13r2 and then from 13r2 to 13r3, following the instructions listed for each major upgrade.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You will find a separate wiki article for each major step, which describes all the necessary adjustments required for the upgrade.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Version 14r1 ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{FIXME|reason=Preliminary working draft}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Before you try to upgrade to Version 14r1, be sure to read [[Howto:V14 Firmware Upgrade V13r3 V14r1]]. For release notes, see [[Reference14r1:Release Notes Firmware]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
No longer supported hardware in this and the following versions:&lt;br /&gt;
* IP110 (there are new models IP110A though with full support for 14r1)&lt;br /&gt;
* IP240 (there are new models IP240A though with full support for 14r1)&lt;br /&gt;
* IP150 (can still be used with 13r2 firmware on a 14r1 PBX)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
No longer supported software in this and the following versions:&lt;br /&gt;
* myPBX (removed, migrate to myApps)&lt;br /&gt;
* widgets (removed, migrate to Contacts Widget App)&lt;br /&gt;
* WebRTC toolkit (removed, migrate to innovaphone SDK)&lt;br /&gt;
* Windows Softwarephone (removed, migrate to Softphone App)&lt;br /&gt;
* PBX Object Settings (removed, migrate to Profile App)&lt;br /&gt;
* PBX Object ICP (removed, use integrated presence feature instead)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Deprecated software in this and the following versions:&lt;br /&gt;
* Linux Application Platform v10 (migrate to innovaphone App Platform)&lt;br /&gt;
* innovaphone Faxserver (v10) (migrate to Fax App)&lt;br /&gt;
* innovaphone Reporting (v10) (migrate to Reports App)&lt;br /&gt;
* innovaphone Exchange (v10) (migrate to Calendar App)&lt;br /&gt;
* Operator (v9) (migrate to Switchboard App)&lt;br /&gt;
* innovaphone Voice Recording 2014 (migrate to Recordings App)&lt;br /&gt;
* PBX Object External UC (use integrated presence feature or migrate to the new presence apps)&lt;br /&gt;
* PBX Object Session Border (migrate to Reverse Proxy)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Version 13r3 ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Before you try to upgrade to Version 13r3, be sure to read [[Howto:V13 Firmware Upgrade V13r2 V13r3]]. For release notes, see [[Reference13r3:Release Notes Firmware]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
No longer supported hardware in this and the following versions:&lt;br /&gt;
* IP110 (there are new models IP110A though with full support for 13r3)&lt;br /&gt;
* IP240 (there are new models IP240A though with full support for 13r3)&lt;br /&gt;
* IP150 (can still be used with 13r2 firmware on a 13r3 PBX)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Version 13r2 ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Before you try to upgrade to Version 13r2, be sure to read [[Howto:V13 Firmware Upgrade V13r1 V13r2]]. For release notes, see [[Reference13r2:Release Notes Firmware]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
No longer supported hardware in this and the following versions:&lt;br /&gt;
* IP110 (there are new models IP110A though with full support for 13r2)&lt;br /&gt;
* IP240 (there are new models IP240A though with full support for 13r2)&lt;br /&gt;
* IP150A&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Version 13r1 ==&lt;br /&gt;
Before you try to upgrade to Version 13r1, be sure to read [[Howto:Firmware Upgrade V12r2 V13r1]]. For release notes, see [[Reference13r1:Release Notes Firmware]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
13r1 will not work with V12 licenses! You will need a license update thus in order to upgrade from 12r1/12r2 to 13r1.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
No longer supported hardware in this and the following versions:&lt;br /&gt;
* IP110 (there are new models IP110A though with full support for 13r1)&lt;br /&gt;
* IP240 (there are new models IP240A though with full support for 13r1)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
IP62 does not support RTCP-mux and is unsuitable for general use in 13r1 and later installations.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Note: For 13r1 use the new innovaphone App Platform. However the V10 Linux Application Platform and its applications are still supported for the time being.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Note: In 13r1 we introduced myApps and the innovaphone phone apps that replace myPBX. However myPBX is still supported for the time being.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Version 12r2 ==&lt;br /&gt;
Before you try to upgrade to Version 12r2, be sure to read [[Howto:Firmware Upgrade V11r2 V12r1]] and [[Howto:Firmware Upgrade V12r1 V12r2]]. For release notes, see [[Reference12r2:Release Notes Firmware]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
12r2 will not work with V11 licenses! You will need a license update thus in order to upgrade from 11r1/2 to 12r2.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
No longer supported hardware in this and the following versions:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* IP72&lt;br /&gt;
* IP110 (there are new models IP110A though with full support for 12r2)&lt;br /&gt;
* IP240 (there are new models IP240A though with full support for 12r2)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
IP150 is still supported, but has some functions removed.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The following devices are still supported, but have the PBX function removed:&lt;br /&gt;
* IP38&lt;br /&gt;
* IP302&lt;br /&gt;
* IP305&lt;br /&gt;
* IP800&lt;br /&gt;
* IP2000&lt;br /&gt;
* IP6000 &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Note: use V10 Linux Application Platform and its applications for 12r2 installations!&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Version 12r1 ==&lt;br /&gt;
Before you try to upgrade to Version 12r1, be sure to read [[Howto:Firmware Upgrade V11r2 V12r1]]. For release notes, see [[Reference12r1:Release Notes Firmware]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Note that in Version 12r1 there are no test licenses any more! They are replaced by the test mode, see [[Reference12r1:General/License]] for details.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
12r1 will work not with V11 licenses! You will need a license update thus in order to upgrade from 11r1/2 to 12r1.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There is only limited hardware 12r1 support for &lt;br /&gt;
* IP110 (there are new models IP110A though with full support for 12r1)&lt;br /&gt;
* IP200A&lt;br /&gt;
* IP230&lt;br /&gt;
* IP240 (there are new models IP240A though with full support for 12r1)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Note: use V10 Linux Application Platform and its applications for 12r1 installations!&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Version 11r2 ==&lt;br /&gt;
Before you try to upgrade to Version 11r2, be sure to read [[Howto:Firmware_Upgrade_V11r1_V11r2]]. For release notes, see [[Reference11r2:Release Notes Firmware]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Note that in Version 11r2 there are no test licenses any more! They are replaced by the test mode, see [[Reference11r2:General/License]] for details.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There is only limited hardware 11r2 support for &lt;br /&gt;
* IP110 (there are new models IP110A though with full support for 11r2)&lt;br /&gt;
* IP200A&lt;br /&gt;
* IP230&lt;br /&gt;
* IP240 (there are new models IP240A though with full support for 11r2)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Note: use V10 Linux Application Platform and its applications for 11r2 installations!&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Version 11r1 ==&lt;br /&gt;
Before you try to upgrade to Version 11r1, be sure to read [[Howto:Firmware_Upgrade_V10_V11r1]]. For release notes, see [[Reference11r1:Release Notes Firmware]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Note that in Version 11r1 there are no test licenses any more! They are replaced by the test mode, see [[Reference11r1:General/License]] for details.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There is only limited 11r1 hardware support for &lt;br /&gt;
* IP110 (there are new models IP110A though with full support for 11r1)&lt;br /&gt;
* IP200A&lt;br /&gt;
* IP230&lt;br /&gt;
* IP240 (there are new models IP240A though with full support for 11r1) &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Note: use V10 Linux Application Platform and its applications for 11r1 installations!&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Version 10 ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
No longer supported hardware in this and the following versions: &lt;br /&gt;
* IP6000&lt;br /&gt;
* IP1500&lt;br /&gt;
* IP3000&lt;br /&gt;
* IP3000DD&lt;br /&gt;
* IP21&lt;br /&gt;
* IP400&lt;br /&gt;
* IP202&lt;br /&gt;
* IP200 (the old one, not IP200A, see label on the back)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Important note regarding provisioning! ==&lt;br /&gt;
Starting with version 10, innovaphone devices connect automatically with http://config.innovaphone.com/init during commissioning or after restoring factory settings. This process serves to simplify provisioning. A connection is always established automatically to http://config.innovaphone.com/init. If you would like to avoid this procedure, the innovaphone device must be booted in an environment without a public internet connection. For more information about provisioning possibilities, see: [[Reference10:Concept_Provisioning]]. The following information is transmitted to innovaphone upon connection with http://config.innovaphone.com/init: The version and serial number of the device and the public IP address. This information is managed in accordance with innovaphone&#039;s data protection policy. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Related Articles == &lt;br /&gt;
* [[Support:Supported innovaphone versions]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Howto|{{PAGENAME}}]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Gbe</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://wiki.innovaphone.com/index.php?title=Reference:IP73_WLAN_WiFi_Wireless_IP-Phone&amp;diff=68519</id>
		<title>Reference:IP73 WLAN WiFi Wireless IP-Phone</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://wiki.innovaphone.com/index.php?title=Reference:IP73_WLAN_WiFi_Wireless_IP-Phone&amp;diff=68519"/>
		<updated>2023-09-07T10:00:17Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Gbe: /* Known Problems */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;This article describes the IP73 WLAN/WiFi wireless IP phone, differences to the deprecated IP62 Wireless IP phone and a list of compatible WLAN infrastructures.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Applies To==&lt;br /&gt;
This information applies to:&lt;br /&gt;
*innovaphone IP73 (50-00073-001)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Requirements==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To perform configuration changes on the IP73 device a desktop programming kit (IP62/IP64/IP65/IP73) (Art.No. 50-00060-021 / Prod.ID DP1-UAAA/1A1) is required. The programming kit enables to connect the IP73 handset to a PC in order the configuration changes can be done using WinPDM software.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Feature Comparison==&lt;br /&gt;
This chapter describes the differences in the feature sets between old and new WiFi handsets.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{|border=&amp;quot;2&amp;quot; cellspacing=&amp;quot;4&amp;quot; cellpadding=&amp;quot;3&amp;quot; rules=&amp;quot;all&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;margin:1em 1em 1em 0; border:solid 1px #AAAAAA; border-collapse:collapse;empty-cells:show;&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|+ Handset Features Matrix&lt;br /&gt;
! Feature !! IP62 !! IP73 !! Description&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Signaling Protocols ||  H.323/SIP || SIP only ||&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Codecs || G.711, G.722, G.729 A || Opus Wideband, G.711, G.722, G.729 A/B/AB ||&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Talk Time/ Standby Time || 15 h / 100 h || 10 h / 100 h || with U-APSD&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| WiFi Standards || 802.11 a/b/g/n || 802.11 a/b/g/n/ac, 802.11r, 802.11k || MCS 0-7 only, Fast BSS Transition (FT or 802.11r)&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| SSL Certificates || customer managed || preinstalled by innovaphone/customer managed ||&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| call diversion || ok || only with DTMF ||&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
| Headset Connector || 2,5 mm || 3,5 mm ||&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Although the IP73 does not have access to a central LDAP phone book, the solution described in [[Reference9:PBX/Objects/Directory_Search]] can be used.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==WLAN Infrastructure Compatibility==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;IMPORTANT&#039;&#039;&#039;: Ask [mailto:presales_AT_innovaphone_D0T_com innovaphone Presales Team] for possible interop configuration recommendations and pitfalls before you order the WiFi equipment and start with the roll-out.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Note that availability and combinations of controllers and access points may be subject to change by the manufacturer and are not in the responsability of innovaphone. Errors and omissions excepted.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
innovaphone does not support WLAN infrastructures not listed in this document.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{|border=&amp;quot;2&amp;quot; cellspacing=&amp;quot;4&amp;quot; cellpadding=&amp;quot;3&amp;quot; rules=&amp;quot;all&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;margin:1em 1em 1em 0; border:solid 1px #AAAAAA; border-collapse:collapse;empty-cells:show;&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|+ Certified WLAN Platforms&lt;br /&gt;
! Vendor !! AP Model(s) !! Controller Model(s) !! latest tested SW Version&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Aruba ||AP 207, 214, 215, 224, 225, 275||7000/7200/9000/MX-VA-xxx||8.6.0.5&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Aruba ||AP 303, 304, 305, 314, 315, 324, 325, 334, 335, 344, 345, 504, 505, 514, 515, 534, 535, 554, 555, 615, 635, 655||7000/7200/9000/MX-VA-xxx|| 8.10.0.6&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Cisco||AP 1832, 1852, 2802, 3802, 4800, 9105, 9115, 9117, 9120, 9130||WLC 3504, 5520, 8540, vWLC, Mobility Express Solution||8.10.162&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Cisco||AP 1602, 2602, 3502, 3602, 1702, 2702, 3700, 2802, 3802, 1832, 1852||WLC 2504, 3504, 5508, 5520, 7510, 8510, 8540, vWLC||8.5.182&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Cisco||AP 1702, 2702, 3702||Catalyst 9800||17.3.3&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Cisco||AP 1832, 1852, 2802, 3802, 4800, 9115, 9117, 9120, 9130, 9136||Catalyst 9800||17.9.3&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Cisco Meraki||MR20/MR30H/MR33/MR42/MR42E/MR52/MR53/MR53E/MR70/MR74/MR84 (802.11ac wave 2);MR36/MR44/MR46/MR46E/MR76/MR86 (802.11ax)||-||MR 27.7.1&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Extreme Networks (Enterasys/IdentiFi) ||AP 3801, 3805, 3825, 3865, 3935|| Extreme Wireless C25, C35, C2110, C5110, C5210, v2110||10.51.10&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Extreme Networks (Enterasys/IdentiFi) ||AP 122, 130, 230, 250, 550, 650|| Extreme Cloud ||AP 10.0r8, Cloud 20.1.1.3&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Extreme Networks (Enterasys/IdentiFi) ||AP 310i/e, 410i/e, 505i/e, 510i/e, 360i/e, 460i/e, 560|| XCC Controllers E1120, E2120, E3120, VE6120/VE6125, VE6120H||05.16.01.0025&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Extreme Networks (Enterasys/IdentiFi) || AP305c/cx, 410c, 460c, 510c/cx, 650|| Extreme Cloud C25, C35, C2110, C5110, C5210, v2110||AP 10.2.4.0, Cloud 20.1.1.3&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Extreme Networks (Enterasys/IdentiFi) || AP310i/e, 410i/e, 460i/e, 510i/e, 650i|| Extreme WING NX 5500, 75xx, 9500, 9510, 9600, 9610, VX9000||7.5.2.0&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Fortinet||AP1010/1014/1020/822/832, APU221EV/U223EV/U321EV/U323EV/U421EV/U423EV||MC1550/3x00/4x00/5000/6000&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;FortiWLC-50D ,200D, 500D, 1000D, 3000D&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;FWC- VM-50, 200, 500, 1000, 3000||8.5-2-5&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Huawei||AirEngine5760-51/5760-22W/6760-X1/6760-X1E/6760R-51/6760R-51E/8760-X1-PRO/8760R-X1/8760R-X1E||AirEngine 9700-M1, AC6508/6805/6800V, iMaster NCE-Campus||V200R022C10SPC100&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Ruckus||SmartZone ZF  R300, R310, T300, T310, R500, R510, H510, R600, R610, R710, R720||SmartZone platform, vSZ-(H,E,D), SZ100/300||5.2.0.0.699&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
as of August 2023.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== DAS Compatibility ===&lt;br /&gt;
[http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Distributed_antenna_system Distributed Antenna Systems (DAS)] provide a cost-effective solution for extending radio coverage inside large facilities. Simply put, a DAS can be seen as a long cable starting at a base station or access point to which many antennas are connected. While the architecture can be utilized to mitigate certain coverage issues, the innovaphone IP73 was not designed to accommodate for such RF environments. Furthermore it is difficult to ascertain and ensure WLAN reliability in regard to interference, capacity, roaming, location-based services, and some important [http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/IEEE_802.11n 802.11n] features, such as [http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Multiple-input_multiple-output MIMO]. As a consequence thereof, innovaphone will not endorse nor provide RF support for WiFi deployments over any Distributed Antenna System.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== WPA3 Compatibility ===&lt;br /&gt;
The IP73 already supports the configuration option for &#039;&#039;WPA3&#039;&#039;. However, this should not yet be actively used.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;WPA3&#039;&#039; is currently only recommended for demo purposes. Support for &#039;&#039;WPA3&#039;&#039; is implemented, but no successful interoperability tests have been performed. WPA3 is not recommended being used except for demo purposes.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== U-APSD Required ===&lt;br /&gt;
U-APSD is a power saving function that is always enabled on the IP73. It must also be enabled/supported on the AP to avoid packet loss/voice problems.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Configuration==&lt;br /&gt;
IP73 configuration is done via WinPDM-application available at [https://store.innovaphone.com the Software section of the innovaphone App Store]. Use of desktop programming kit (IP62/IP64/IP65) (50-00060-021) is required.&lt;br /&gt;
===PBX Registration===&lt;br /&gt;
====Authentication via client certificate====&lt;br /&gt;
The recommended way to register an IP73 handset at the innovaphone PBX is SIP over TLS with authentication by a client certificate. The IP73 handset is delivered with a preinstalled device certificate already trusted by an innovaphone PBX.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Prerequisites on the PBX for such type of authentication are:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*The issuer of the IP73 client certificate is on the Trust List of the PBX gateway&lt;br /&gt;
*The CN of the client certificate used by IP73 equals the MAC address of the IP73 itself (alternatively other CN and registration identity can be used)&lt;br /&gt;
*User Object contains a Device with a Hardware Id matching the MAC address of the IP73&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
On the IP73 following settings must be configured:&lt;br /&gt;
*VoIP-&amp;gt;SIP&lt;br /&gt;
**SIP TLS client certificate: &amp;lt;select certificate with MAC address as CN&amp;gt; or &amp;lt;Automatic if preinstalled certificate is used&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
**SIP Transport: TLS&lt;br /&gt;
**Primary SIP proxy: &amp;lt;IP-address of the PBX&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
**SIP proxy ID: &amp;lt;PBX system name&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
**SIP proxy password: &amp;lt;no password is required&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
**Registration and Authentication identity: MAC address&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Authentication via username/hardware id and password====&lt;br /&gt;
*VoIP-&amp;gt;General-&amp;gt;Endpoint ID: username or hardware id on User Object&lt;br /&gt;
*VoIP-&amp;gt;SIP&lt;br /&gt;
**SIP Transport: TCP or UDP&lt;br /&gt;
**SIP proxy password: &amp;lt;password on the User Object or PBX System password, depending on Users Device configuration&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
**Registration and Authentication identity: Endpoint ID&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== ICE/TURN ===&lt;br /&gt;
ICE is enabled by default. It is required to provide STUN and TURN server configuration under VoIP-&amp;gt;General to secure correct negotiation of media channels.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Factory Reset ===&lt;br /&gt;
You can use the local &#039;&#039;Admin menu&#039;&#039; on the Phone or the WinPDM Software (Rightclick on the device) to make a Factory Reset.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Troubleshooting==&lt;br /&gt;
Log Options can be configured in the WinPDM software, under Device-&amp;gt;Log.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Remote PCAP Tracing===&lt;br /&gt;
You can activate the remote PCAP interface and Trace flags directly in the phone configuration (Admin Menu :: Logging :: Mode) or via WinPDM under Device-&amp;gt;Log-&amp;gt;PCAP capturing: RPCAP.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
 Only IP traces are available via RPCAP, no innovaphone or device internal traces are logged.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===PCAP to file via USB Tracing===&lt;br /&gt;
It is possible to store PCAP trace file in the &#039;&#039;pcap&#039;&#039; folder on the handset by setting in the phone configuration (Admin Menu :: Logging :: Mode) or via WinPDM under Device-&amp;gt;Log-&amp;gt;PCAP capturing the option &amp;quot;PCAP to file&amp;quot;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To access the file set Device -&amp;gt; General -&amp;gt; USB behavior to &amp;quot;Ask&amp;quot; and select &amp;quot;File transfer&amp;quot;, when connect the handset to the WinPDM. Navigate to the folder &#039;&#039;pcap&#039;&#039; on the &#039;&#039;Handset diagnostics&#039;&#039; drive.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Trace Options===&lt;br /&gt;
Following additional trace options are available:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*WLAN Trace&lt;br /&gt;
*Configuration Trace&lt;br /&gt;
*GUI Trace&lt;br /&gt;
*GLI Trace&lt;br /&gt;
*Unite Trace&lt;br /&gt;
*VoIP Trace&lt;br /&gt;
*System Trace&lt;br /&gt;
*Protector Trace&lt;br /&gt;
*SaS Trace&lt;br /&gt;
*Bluetooth Trace&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
 The resulting traces are available via USB file transfer and are encrypted. The encrypted log files can be encrypted by support only.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Logging via Syslog, SFTP or logfile===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The handset can be configured to send Syslog messages to a Syslog server, an SFTP server or to a local logfile located in the folder &#039;&#039;tracelog&#039;&#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The configuration is available via WinPDM Device -&amp;gt; Log -&amp;gt; Syslog or SFTP.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Handset Error Messages===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====No network====&lt;br /&gt;
The &#039;&#039;No network&#039;&#039; message indicates missing WLAN connection. It can be caused by wrong settings for SSID, Security, reg. domain and WLAN channels or lack of coverage.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====No access====&lt;br /&gt;
The &#039;&#039;No access&#039;&#039; message is caused by missing IP connectivity to the PBX or wrong configuration for authentication at the PBX.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Shortcuts ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There are additional hidden tools for information and analysing are available.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
;Handset Device Information&lt;br /&gt;
:&#039;&#039;*#34#&#039;&#039; in the main display&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
;RSSI Indicator&lt;br /&gt;
:&#039;&#039;*#76#&#039;&#039; in the main display. Type again to exit.&lt;br /&gt;
: Here you find the following information in the display:&lt;br /&gt;
:* Line 1: SSID&lt;br /&gt;
:* Line 2: Current AP&lt;br /&gt;
:* Line 3: Current AP MAC&lt;br /&gt;
:* Line 4: Previous AP&lt;br /&gt;
:* Line 5: Previous AP MAC&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
;Site Survey Tool&lt;br /&gt;
:&#039;&#039;*#77#&#039;&#039; in the main display.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
;Admin Menu&lt;br /&gt;
: Go to the &#039;&#039;Settings menu&#039;&#039; and type in &#039;&#039;40022&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Known Problems==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Packet loss and voice quality issues with non-tested WLAN AP and IP73===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Issuer: Ascom&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Published: 2022-12-07&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Background&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
It has come to our (Ascom) knowledge that in later Aruba software versions than Ascom-certified v.8.7.1.1 there is a critical issue affecting clients using power save (U-APSD).&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Data packets will not be transmitted properly to clients in power save.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Affected Ascom Certified Aruba Access Points:&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
7000/7200/9000/MX-VA-xxx Controllers&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
AP-303, 304, 305, 314, 315, 324, 325, 334, 335, 344, 345,&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
504, 505, 514, 515, 534, 535, 554, 555, 635&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Typical symptoms are:&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Poor voice quality issues.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Workaround&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Currently none available. Disabling U-APSD on the SSID isn’t a viable workaround as this is a requirement for Ascom i63 handsets in enterprise-grade VoWi-Fi deployments.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Thus it is strongly recommended to avoid upgrades to v. 8.9.x and higher at this point.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Solution&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
The root cause is still under investigation (case no. 5361636812), and Aruba is working on a fix. We (Ascom) will update this news regarding an ETA when communicated by Aruba.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
Should you have any further questions, feel free to reach out to interop@ascom.com.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Bluetooth automatically disabled===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Issuer: Ascom&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Version&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Handset Firmware 4.0.6&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Detailed Information&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
If you have enabled bluetooth over WinPDM and you want to configure (establish connection to the headset), you get the message &amp;quot;Bluetooth automatically disabled&amp;quot;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Background&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
The chip responsible for handling wireless radio communication, WLAN and BT, have a bug in it&#039;s current FW. Thus using WLAN and BT on similar frequency bands does not work well.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Solution/Workaround&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Bluetooth is prohibited to be used when WLAN band 2.4 is in use by being automatically disabled. Bluetooth can only be used when WLAN on the 2.4 GHz band is inactive.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
You can disable WLAN 2.4 band over the WinPDM tool.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Related Articles==&lt;br /&gt;
*[[IP73 Technical Data EN]]&lt;br /&gt;
*[[Reference:IP62 WLAN WiFi Wireless IP-Phone]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Gbe</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://wiki.innovaphone.com/index.php?title=Howto13r3:Firmware_Upgrade_V13r2_V13r3&amp;diff=67529</id>
		<title>Howto13r3:Firmware Upgrade V13r2 V13r3</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://wiki.innovaphone.com/index.php?title=Howto13r3:Firmware_Upgrade_V13r2_V13r3&amp;diff=67529"/>
		<updated>2023-05-09T14:45:49Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Gbe: /* Known Problems */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;== Applies To ==&lt;br /&gt;
This information applies to:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* All 13r3 capable innovaphone devices&lt;br /&gt;
: For a general overview of the upgrade process and a list of supported devices with 13r3, see [[Howto:Firmware Upgrade]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Migration Policy ==&lt;br /&gt;
Here is how you upgrade a system to 13r3 from 13r2.  For hints on upgrading a system to 13r2 see [[Howto:V13_Firmware_Upgrade_V13r1_V13r2]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Single AP/Single PBX===&lt;br /&gt;
* Create a new update job in devices and select 13r3 as major version&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Shared AP/Several PBX&#039;es===&lt;br /&gt;
We generally recommend to upgrade the entire system (endpoints, PBXs, AP) in &#039;&#039;one shot&#039;&#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If this is not possible for any reason, the recommended sequence is:&lt;br /&gt;
# update the master PBX&lt;br /&gt;
# update the slave PBX and all its endpoints location by location&lt;br /&gt;
# update the App Platform to the latest build&lt;br /&gt;
# update all Apps&lt;br /&gt;
# perform the configuration changes described below&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Note that during the update time frame, some App data such as Reporting and Recording may be incomplete.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
We recommend to review all the configuration changes described below before you begin the update.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Configuration Changes ==&lt;br /&gt;
In 13r3 we have introduced some new features which are automatically configured if you use the installer to setup your new 13r3 from scratch. If you upgrade an existing installation, you have to configure the following settings manually.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Default SRTP key exchange value in device configuration of Phones/Interfaces ===&lt;br /&gt;
Before v13r3, the default value for SRTP key exchange was SDES-DTLS - with v13r3 it changes to the more secure DTLS-SDES. Therefore innovaphone devices now use DTLS instead - if the called endpoint has this preference. To make sure the more secure key exchange is used, we recommend adjusting the &#039;&#039;SRTP key exchange setting&#039;&#039; in the Devices App, &#039;&#039;Device Configuration&#039;&#039; for &#039;&#039;[Phone]&#039;&#039; and &#039;&#039;[Analog phone/fax]&#039;&#039;. An exception to this recommendation is if you are using old phone models (IP110A, IP240A) or gateway models (IP24, IP22) in your setup - as these may have CPU performance issues in the connection setup phase. In that case, use &#039;&#039;&#039;SDES-DTLS&#039;&#039;&#039; as value for the &#039;&#039;SRTP key exchange&#039;&#039; for all devices, not only for the old phone models.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Group Fax===&lt;br /&gt;
The fax object has to be configured as external resource of a group fax object in 13r3. It is therefore &#039;&#039;&#039;mandatory&#039;&#039;&#039; to assign the fax object as an external resource to all group fax objects after the upgrade - via PBX Manager .&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the Advanced UI, you have to enter the h323/sip name of the fax object in the field &#039;&#039;&#039;External Resource Destination&#039;&#039;&#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Also, with 13r3, group faxes can have their own international fax number and company name, so you should fill in these fields, or else the fax header will be empty.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Contacts App | User drop-down menu for sharing address books===&lt;br /&gt;
With 13r3, personal address books can be created and shared with users/groups. To have a search and drop-down menu in the sharing step, you have to activate the &amp;quot;Admin&amp;quot; option at the &amp;quot;ContactsApi&amp;quot; app object (tab &amp;quot;App&amp;quot;) over the Advanced UI. Otherwise, no results will be shown, and you have to enter the correct h323 name of a user.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Improved Conference Rooms===&lt;br /&gt;
* The &#039;&#039;Web Access allowed&#039;&#039; checkbox in the conference app has to be set in order to access the Conference Web Access UI.&lt;br /&gt;
: To be able create HTTP links for external participants, the conferencing App is required.&lt;br /&gt;
* Update the [[Reference13r3:PBX/Objects/Conference/Announcement_types#Sample_Announcement_Files | announcements]] for your conference rooms, to include also the &#039;&#039;Web Access announcements&#039;&#039;. &lt;br /&gt;
* it is recommended to use a second Turn-Server listening on TCP port 443 as a fallback option for external conference participants, with local firewalls not allowing access to your standard Turn-server. Configure this second Turn-Server in [[Reference13r3:IP4/General/STUN#TURN_Extern | IP4/General/STUN -&amp;gt; Turn Extern]] [[User:Sga|Sga]] TBD: info zu inno Turn Fallback server&lt;br /&gt;
* 13r3 adds a search-API for the Conference Rooms, allowing users to search for Conference room names from their Phone, Softphone or RCC App. Each conference object provides its own search API which is named like &#039;&#039;&amp;lt;Name-of-conference-object&amp;gt;.search&#039;&#039; and access to it can be granted using the App-Section of a PBX-object. The PBX-Manager Plugin for Conferences offers also an option to add the rights for all conference rooms and their search-APIs to the Config-User and/or Config-Admin template.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== NTLM/OAuth===&lt;br /&gt;
13r3 introduces OAuth2 Windows Authentication for myApps. If your are currently using NTLM/Netlogon for authentication, you might want to consider upgrading it OAuth2, since this authentication mechanisms is more secure. See [[Reference13r3:Concept OAuth2 Windows Authentication]] for details. &lt;br /&gt;
In 13r3 only Microsoft AD FS is supported as OpenID Server.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===HTTP-Proxy===&lt;br /&gt;
13r3 introduces [[Reference13r3:Concept_myApps_platform_services#HTTP_proxy_support | HTTP-Proxy]] support for myApps. Now, myApps follows by default the OS-settings regarding HTTP-Proxy. This might affect existing setups when updating from 13r2 to 13r3. We recommend to check before a 13r3 update if an HTTP-Proxy is used and if so, test before the update for interop problems between myApps and the used HTTP-Proxy.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Physical Location===&lt;br /&gt;
The Softphone App supports in 13r3 the determination of the Physical Location. Similar to an IP-Phone, this is determined automatically based on HTTP-Redirects of the myApps PBX-login process. If you use PBX-objects with activated &amp;quot;Local&amp;quot; option (often this is a Trunk Line object), the determined physical location might lead to a different behavior when calling these objects. If this leads to unwanted call flows, you can either adjust the initial myApps registration PBX or configure the Physical location manually at the Softphone.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Application Platform and its applications ==&lt;br /&gt;
===App Platform image===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It is not mandatory but recommended to [[Reference13r3:Concept_App_Platform#Update_of_the_App_Platform_itself | update the App Platform image]] to the latest version to receive a newer kernel and updated Linux packages.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Recordings App===&lt;br /&gt;
Please follow the procedure described in the [[Reference13r3:Concept_App_Service_Recordings#Upgrade_from_V13r2_to_V13r3_Recordings_App | Recordings App concept article]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Reports App===&lt;br /&gt;
The Reports App will improve missed calls queries by adding a new database index during the first start after an update. Depending on the size of the reporting database, this database adjustment can take some minutes and results also in high CPU-load and missed CDRs during that time.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== App Service Queues, Switchboard App ===&lt;br /&gt;
To allow monitoring of all queues by all switchboard users, configure a group (e.g. with the name &#039;&#039;queues&#039;&#039;) in the PBX and assign it as &#039;&#039;&#039;Static&#039;&#039;&#039; to all Waiting Queues used by the Switchboard App and assign it also as &#039;&#039;&#039;Static&#039;&#039;&#039; and &#039;&#039;&#039;Active&#039;&#039;&#039; to all Switchboard Users.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Apps new in 13r3===&lt;br /&gt;
New Apps will not be installed automatically by the 13r2 to 13r3 upgrade. The installation description of new 13r3 apps is usually in the concept article. New apps are:&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Reference13r3:Concept_App_Service_Connector_for_kuando®#Configuration | Connector for kuando®]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Reference13r3:Concept_App_Service_Connector_for_Microsoft_365 | innovaphone myApps Connector for Microsoft 365]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Changes visible to end customers ==&lt;br /&gt;
Listed here are changes that should be communicated by resellers to end users prior to a 13r3 upgrade, as the change will be visible/audible in the behaviour of the application/device.&lt;br /&gt;
===Rework of Phone &amp;amp; Softphone UI===&lt;br /&gt;
Several feature and UI improvements, see &#039;Features&#039; in [[Reference13r3:Concept_App_SoftphoneApp#Features | Reference13r3:Concept App SoftphoneApp ]] and [[Reference13r3:Concept Multi-Video-Conference]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===CallForwarding in Profile App===&lt;br /&gt;
Added configuration option on call diversions: call forwardings depending on &#039;&#039;myApps online&#039;&#039; and &#039;&#039;Presence&#039;&#039; state. This can be switched on or off by the user in the Profile App.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Focus App===&lt;br /&gt;
The &amp;quot;App focus&amp;quot; can be used to define a default app for the user. It is started and shown automatically when myApps is loaded. When closing other apps, the app is shown instead of the home screen. Users can activate (default) or deactivate the Focus function in their myApps Client settings (hamburger menu). See &#039;Features&#039; in [[Reference13r3:Concept_myApps#Features | Reference13r3:Concept myApps]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Pin Apps===&lt;br /&gt;
Apps can be pinned to the main window. Pinned apps are always running and can&#039;t be closed. They are also started automatically when the myApps client is loaded. This setting is locally stored per-client. So you can pin different apps on your computer and your smartphone.  See &#039;Features&#039; in [[Reference13r3:Concept_myApps#Features | Reference13r3:Concept myApps]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Fax App ===&lt;br /&gt;
The [[Reference13r3:Concept_App_Service_Fax#Mail_Configuration | Mail Configuration]] section of the Fax App offers in 13r3 additional options:&lt;br /&gt;
* Transmission confirmations&lt;br /&gt;
* Transmission reports for outgoing fax jobs as PDF&lt;br /&gt;
* Error notifications for outgoing fax jobs&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Hardware Restrictions==&lt;br /&gt;
For a list of devices with no/restricted support in 13r3, see the [[Howto:Firmware_Upgrade#Version_13r3 | Firmware Upgrade article]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Known Problems==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Boolean App===&lt;br /&gt;
Following the update to 13r3, it is not possible to edit Boolean Apps using the myApps client (except when using the myApps client in a web browser). To resolve this issue, you will need to delete the approxy folder for all users who use the boolean app. You can locate this folder in the following directory: %USERPROFILE%\AppData\Local\innovaphone\myApps.&lt;br /&gt;
Reload or restart myApps afterwards.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Current major issues that will be fixed with upcoming 13r3SR1 release===&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Support:PBX_13r3_final_trap_with_Unknown_Registrations | PBX 13r3 Final trap with Unknown Registrations]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Support:13r3final_App_Platform_-_SMTP_delivery_may_fail_due_to_IPv6_DNS_results | 13r3final App Platform - SMTP delivery may fail due to IPv6 DNS results]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Support:13r3final PBX randomly does not execute CFU | 13r3final PBX randomly does not execute CFU]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
More info on other 13r3 SR1 changes can be found in the [[Reference13r3:Release_Notes_Firmware#13r3_Service_Release_1 | Release Notes]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Regex Expression===&lt;br /&gt;
We updated the regular expression syntax which is used for the AD replication. A &#039;\&#039; followed by a non-special character is no longer allowed.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Upgrade from 13r1 to 13r3===&lt;br /&gt;
If you want to upgrade from 13r1 to 13r3 you get a DNS problem notification. This is no DNS problem. The json files are to large for the &amp;quot;old&amp;quot; Devices App. In this case you have to use https://store.innovaphone.com/beta/download/firmware.json and https://store.innovaphone.com/beta/download/apps.json instead of https://store.innovaphone.com/release/download/firmware.json and https://store.innovaphone.com/release/download/apps.json&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
After the successful upgrade you have to change the update URL back to https://store.innovaphone.com/release/download/firmware.json and https://store.innovaphone.com/release/download/apps.json&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Resources Considerations ==&lt;br /&gt;
New firmware always has more features which in turn requires more resources. Growing firmware will thus consume both more flash and RAM for sure. A given system configuration will run flawlessly after a firmware largely only if there is still enough memory left after boot.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Standard configurations which are according [[Howto:How_to_implement_large_PBXs#Technical_data_and_recommended_number_of_users_supported | the specs ]] will run on all supported hardware.  However, unusual configurations may not.  It is a good idea to examine both flash and RAM memory left on high load situations in your existing configuration to see if there is enough resources left for an upgrade.  Please find details in [[Reference:Device Health Check]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== RAM ===&lt;br /&gt;
As a rough rule of thumb, a 13r3 release will consume the same amount of RAM compared to a v13r2 firmware.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Flash Memory ===&lt;br /&gt;
As a rough rule of thumb, a v13r3 release will consume ~ 0.5 MB flash more compared to a v13r2 firmware.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
New firmware comes with new code for new features which consumes more flash memory for the firmware image. For this reason, devices may run out of flash memory during upgrade to v13r3.  Here is the recommended procedure for upgrade on such devices:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* save entire configuration&lt;br /&gt;
* reset to factory defaults&lt;br /&gt;
* load saved configuration (this will reorganize the flash memory usage)&lt;br /&gt;
* upgrade to new firmware&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When there is still not enough flash memory available to store the new firmware (Web GUI ends up in a &#039;&#039;Firmwareupdate failed:no space&#039;&#039; / Update client end in a &#039;&#039;Error 0x00130001 Major FLASHMAN0 no space&#039;&#039; event) please open a support case with your current configuration file.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Conferences ===&lt;br /&gt;
Since Conferences now use [[Reference13r3:Concept_Multi-Video-Conference | multiple video streams]] to display each conference participant (in 13r1 &amp;amp; 13r2 only the video stream of the speaker was shown), the number of concurrent video streams used in a single conference increased. Please review this [[Reference13r3:Concept_Multi-Video-Conference#Bandwidth_Consideration | bandwidth considerations]]. As a result, a device hosting a multivideo conference on its CONF or SCNF interface has a higher CPU load in 13r3 than in 13r2.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:13r3_conference_bandwidth.png|700px|Estimated Conference bandwidth requirements]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The graph shows the bandwidth needed for a device running the CONF interface to participate in a conference. The values shown are for when all participants are in gallery mode (which is the worst case scenario) and in fullscreen presentation mode (which is the best case scenario). In general, the actual bandwidth needed will fall somewhere between these two extremes. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To calculate the CPU requirements for the device, you can use the following formula: &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;CPU% = Bandwidth (in Mbps) / x&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt;, where x is&lt;br /&gt;
* 0.42 for a xx10 device &lt;br /&gt;
* 0.56 for a xx11 device&lt;br /&gt;
* 3.6 for a xx13 device &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For example, if you are hosting a conference with 10 participants on a xx11 device in gallery mode, the upstream and downstream bandwidth would be 25 Mbps. Using the formula, you can calculate the CPU requirements as follows: CPU% = 25 Mbps / 0.56 = 44.64%. This means that the device should have at least 45% free CPU capacity to handle the conference.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
From the client&#039;s perspective, the worst case values for upstream bandwidth (when presenting) would be 1 Mbps, and for downstream bandwidth (when in a gallery mode conference with 20 participants) would be 5 Mbps.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Related Articles ==&lt;br /&gt;
*[[Howto:Firmware_Upgrade]]&lt;br /&gt;
*[[Support:PBX_V13r3_Final_trap_with_Unkown_Registrations]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Howto|{{PAGENAME}}]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Gbe</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://wiki.innovaphone.com/index.php?title=Howto13r3:Firmware_Upgrade_V13r2_V13r3&amp;diff=64808</id>
		<title>Howto13r3:Firmware Upgrade V13r2 V13r3</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://wiki.innovaphone.com/index.php?title=Howto13r3:Firmware_Upgrade_V13r2_V13r3&amp;diff=64808"/>
		<updated>2023-01-03T15:37:15Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Gbe: /* Known Problems */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;{{FIXME|reason=This article is still work in progress}}&lt;br /&gt;
== Applies To ==&lt;br /&gt;
This information applies to:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* All 13r3 capable innovaphone devices&lt;br /&gt;
: For a general overview of the upgrade process and a list of supported devices with 13r3, see [[Howto:Firmware Upgrade]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Migration Policy ==&lt;br /&gt;
Here is how you upgrade a system to 13r3 from 13r2.  For hints on upgrading a system to 13r2 see [[Howto:V13_Firmware_Upgrade_V13r1_V13r2]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Single AP/Single PBX===&lt;br /&gt;
* Create a new update job in devices and select 13r3 as major version&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Shared AP/Several PBX&#039;es===&lt;br /&gt;
We generally recommend to upgrade the entire system (endpoints, PBXs, AP) in &#039;&#039;one shot&#039;&#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If this is not possible for any reason, the recommended sequence is:&lt;br /&gt;
# update the master PBX&lt;br /&gt;
# update the slave PBX and all its endpoints location by location&lt;br /&gt;
# update the App Platform to the latest build (currently 110019)&lt;br /&gt;
# update all Apps&lt;br /&gt;
# perform the configuration changes described below&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Note that during the update time frame, some App data such as Reporting and Recording may be incomplete.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
We recommend to review all the configuration changes described below before you begin the update.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Configuration Changes ==&lt;br /&gt;
In 13r3 we have introduced some new features which are automatically configured if you use the installer to setup your new 13r3 from scratch. If you upgrade an existing installation, you have to configure the following settings manually.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Default SRTP key exchange value in device configuration of Phones/Interfaces ===&lt;br /&gt;
Before v13r3, the default value for SRTP key exchange was SDES-DTLS - with v13r3 it changes to the more secure DTLS-SDES. Therefore innovaphone devices now use DTLS instead - if the called endpoint has this preference. To make sure the more secure key exchange is used, we recommend adjusting the &#039;&#039;SRTP key exchange setting&#039;&#039; in the Devices App, &#039;&#039;Device Configuration&#039;&#039; for &#039;&#039;[Phone]&#039;&#039; and &#039;&#039;[Analog phone/fax]&#039;&#039;. An exception to this recommendation is if you are using old phone models (IP110A, IP240A) or gateway models (IP24, IP22) in your setup - as these may have CPU performance issues in the connection setup phase. In that case, use &#039;&#039;&#039;SDES-DTLS&#039;&#039;&#039; as value for the &#039;&#039;SRTP key exchange&#039;&#039; for all devices, not only for the old phone models.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Group Fax===&lt;br /&gt;
The fax object has to be configured as external resource of a group fax object in 13r3. It is therefore &#039;&#039;&#039;mandatory&#039;&#039;&#039; to assign the fax object as an external resource to all group fax objects after the upgrade.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Also, with 13r3, group faxes can have their own international fax number and company name, so you should fill in these fields, or else the fax header will be empty.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Contacts App | User drop-down menu for sharing address books===&lt;br /&gt;
With 13r3, personal address books can be created and shared with users/groups. To have a search and drop-down menu in the sharing step, you have to activate the &amp;quot;Admin&amp;quot; option at the &amp;quot;ContactsApi&amp;quot; app object (tab &amp;quot;App&amp;quot;) over the Advanced UI. Otherwise, no results will be shown, and you have to enter the correct h323 name of a user.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Improved Conference Rooms===&lt;br /&gt;
* The &#039;&#039;Web Access allowed&#039;&#039; checkbox in the conference app has to be set in order to access the Conference Web Access UI.&lt;br /&gt;
: To be able create HTTP links for external participants, the conferencing App is required.&lt;br /&gt;
* Update the [[Reference13r3:PBX/Objects/Conference/Announcement_types#Sample_Announcement_Files | announcements]] for your conference rooms, to include also the &#039;&#039;Web Access announcements&#039;&#039;. &lt;br /&gt;
* it is recommended to use a second Turn-Server listening on TCP port 443 as a fallback option for external conference participants, with local firewalls not allowing access to your standard Turn-server. Configure this second Turn-Server in [[Reference13r3:IP4/General/STUN#TURN_Extern | IP4/General/STUN -&amp;gt; Turn Extern]] [[User:Sga|Sga]] TBD: info zu inno Turn Fallback server&lt;br /&gt;
* 13r3 adds a search-API for the Conference Rooms, allowing users to search for Conference room names from their Phone, Softphone or RCC App. Each conference object provides its own search API which is named like &#039;&#039;&amp;lt;Name-of-conference-object&amp;gt;.search&#039;&#039; and access to it can be granted using the App-Section of a PBX-object. The PBX-Manager Plugin for Conferences offers also an option to add the rights for all conference rooms and their search-APIs to the Config-User and/or Config-Admin template.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== NTLM/OAuth===&lt;br /&gt;
13r3 introduces OAuth2 Windows Authentication for myApps. If your are currently using NTLM/Netlogon for authentication, you might want to consider upgrading it OAuth2, since this authentication mechanisms is more secure. See [[Reference13r3:Concept OAuth2 Windows Authentication]] for details. &lt;br /&gt;
In 13r3 only Microsoft AD FS is supported as OpenID Server.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===HTTP-Proxy===&lt;br /&gt;
13r3 introduces [[Reference13r3:Concept_myApps_platform_services#HTTP_proxy_support | HTTP-Proxy]] support for myApps. Now, myApps follows by default the OS-settings regarding HTTP-Proxy. This might affect existing setups when updating from 13r2 to 13r3. We recommend to check before a 13r3 update if an HTTP-Proxy is used and if so, test before the update for interop problems between myApps and the used HTTP-Proxy.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Physical Location===&lt;br /&gt;
The Softphone App supports in 13r3 the determination of the Physical Location. Similar to an IP-Phone, this is determined automatically based on HTTP-Redirects of the myApps PBX-login process. If you use PBX-objects with activated &amp;quot;Local&amp;quot; option (often this is a Trunk Line object), the determined physical location might lead to a different behavior when calling these objects. If this leads to unwanted call flows, you can either adjust the initial myApps registration PBX or configure the Physical location manually at the Softphone.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Application Platform and its applications ==&lt;br /&gt;
===App Platform image===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It is not mandatory but recommended to [[Reference13r3:Concept_App_Platform#Update_of_the_App_Platform_itself | update the App Platform image]] to the latest version to receive a newer kernel and updated Linux packages.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Recordings App===&lt;br /&gt;
Please follow the procedure described in the [[Reference13r3:Concept_App_Service_Recordings#Upgrade_from_V13r2_to_V13r3_Recordings_App | Recordings App concept article]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Reports App===&lt;br /&gt;
The Reports App will improve missed calls queries by adding a new database index during the first start after an update. Depending on the size of the reporting database, this database adjustment can take some minutes and results also in high CPU-load and missed CDRs during that time.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== App Service Queues, Switchboard App ===&lt;br /&gt;
To allow monitoring of all queues by all switchboard users, configure a group (e.g. with the name &#039;&#039;queues&#039;&#039;) in the PBX and assign it as &#039;&#039;&#039;Static&#039;&#039;&#039; to all Waiting Queues used by the Switchboard App and assign it also as &#039;&#039;&#039;Static&#039;&#039;&#039; and &#039;&#039;&#039;Active&#039;&#039;&#039; to all Switchboard Users.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Apps new in 13r3===&lt;br /&gt;
New Apps will not be installed automatically by the 13r2 to 13r3 upgrade. The installation description of new 13r3 apps is usually in the concept article. New apps are:&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Reference13r3:Concept_App_Service_Connector_for_kuando®#Configuration | Connector for kuando®]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Reference13r3:Concept_App_Service_Connector_for_Microsoft_365 | innovaphone myApps Connector for Microsoft 365]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Changes visible to end customers ==&lt;br /&gt;
Listed here are changes that should be communicated by resellers to end users prior to a 13r3 upgrade, as the change will be visible/audible in the behaviour of the application/device.&lt;br /&gt;
===Rework of Phone &amp;amp; Softphone UI===&lt;br /&gt;
Several feature and UI improvements, see &#039;Features&#039; in [[Reference13r3:Concept_App_SoftphoneApp#Features | Reference13r3:Concept App SoftphoneApp ]] and [[Reference13r3:Concept Multi-Video-Conference]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===CallForwarding in Profile App===&lt;br /&gt;
Added configuration option on call diversions: call forwardings depending on &#039;&#039;myApps online&#039;&#039; and &#039;&#039;Presence&#039;&#039; state. This can be switched on or off by the user in the Profile App.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Focus App===&lt;br /&gt;
The &amp;quot;App focus&amp;quot; can be used to define a default app for the user. It is started and shown automatically when myApps is loaded. When closing other apps, the app is shown instead of the home screen. Users can activate (default) or deactivate the Focus function in their myApps Client settings (hamburger menu). See &#039;Features&#039; in [[Reference13r3:Concept_myApps#Features | Reference13r3:Concept myApps]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Pin Apps===&lt;br /&gt;
Apps can be pinned to the main window. Pinned apps are always running and can&#039;t be closed. They are also started automatically when the myApps client is loaded. This setting is locally stored per-client. So you can pin different apps on your computer and your smartphone.  See &#039;Features&#039; in [[Reference13r3:Concept_myApps#Features | Reference13r3:Concept myApps]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Fax App ===&lt;br /&gt;
The [[Reference13r3:Concept_App_Service_Fax#Mail_Configuration | Mail Configuration]] section of the Fax App offers in 13r3 additional options:&lt;br /&gt;
* Transmission confirmations&lt;br /&gt;
* Transmission reports for outgoing fax jobs as PDF&lt;br /&gt;
* Error notifications for outgoing fax jobs&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Hardware Restrictions==&lt;br /&gt;
For a list of devices with no/restricted support in 13r3, see the [[Howto:Firmware_Upgrade#Version_13r3 | Firmware Upgrade article]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Known Problems==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===CFU did not work with native client===&lt;br /&gt;
If you call an object with a CFU from the native MyApps Client the CFU is not executed. This behavior is fixed with the version 13r3SR1. &lt;br /&gt;
http://wiki.innovaphone.com/index.php?title=Reference13r3:Release_Notes_Firmware#137130_-_Softphone-App:_Sometimes_call_diversions_are_not_executed&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Unknown Registrations===&lt;br /&gt;
PBXs running on an IPVA or IPxx13 will crash after the upgrade when &#039;PBX/Config/General -&amp;gt; Unknown Registrations&#039; is activated and an endpoint attempts to register. Untick this option before upgrade!&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===App Platform SMTP server===&lt;br /&gt;
Email notification might fail if the lookup for the DNS-name of the configured SMTP server returns an IPv6 address. See [[Support:13r3final_App_Platform_-_SMTP_delivery_may_fail_due_to_IPv6_DNS_results|13r3final App Platform - SMTP delivery may fail due to IPv6 DNS results]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===HTTP proxy===&lt;br /&gt;
myApps will crash if the OS&#039;s HTTP proxy configuration uses a DNS name as the destination instead of an IP address. As a workaround, use an IP address for the HTTP proxy destination. The issue will be fixed in 13r3SR1.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Boolean App===&lt;br /&gt;
Following the update to 13r3, it is not possible to edit Boolean Apps using the myApps client (except when using the myApps client in a web browser). To resolve this issue, you will need to delete the approxy folder for all users who use the boolean app. You can locate this folder in the following directory: %USERPROFILE%\AppData\Local\innovaphone\myApps.&lt;br /&gt;
Reload or restart myApps afterwards.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Resources Considerations ===&lt;br /&gt;
New firmware always has more features which in turn requires more resources. Growing firmware will thus consume both more flash and RAM for sure. A given system configuration will run flawlessly after a firmware largely only if there is still enough memory left after boot.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Standard configurations which are according [[Howto:How_to_implement_large_PBXs#Technical_data_and_recommended_number_of_users_supported | the specs ]] will run on all supported hardware.  However, unusual configurations may not.  It is a good idea to examine both flash and RAM memory left on high load situations in your existing configuration to see if there is enough resources left for an upgrade.  Please find details in [[Reference:Device Health Check]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== RAM ====&lt;br /&gt;
As a rough rule of thumb, a 13r3 release will consume the same amount of RAM compared to a v13r2 firmware.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Flash Memory ====&lt;br /&gt;
As a rough rule of thumb, a v13r3 release will consume ~ 0.5 MB flash more compared to a v13r2 firmware.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
New firmware comes with new code for new features which consumes more flash memory for the firmware image. For this reason, devices may run out of flash memory during upgrade to v13r3.  Here is the recommended procedure for upgrade on such devices:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* save entire configuration&lt;br /&gt;
* reset to factory defaults&lt;br /&gt;
* load saved configuration (this will reorganize the flash memory usage)&lt;br /&gt;
* upgrade to new firmware&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When there is still not enough flash memory available to store the new firmware (Web GUI ends up in a &#039;&#039;Firmwareupdate failed:no space&#039;&#039; / Update client end in a &#039;&#039;Error 0x00130001 Major FLASHMAN0 no space&#039;&#039; event) please open a support case with your current configuration file.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Conferences ====&lt;br /&gt;
Since Conferences now use [[Reference13r3:Concept_Multi-Video-Conference | multiple video streams]] to display each conference participant (in 13r1 &amp;amp; 13r2 only the video stream of the speaker was shown), the number of concurrent video streams used in a single conference increased. Please review this [[Reference13r3:Concept_Multi-Video-Conference#Bandwidth_Consideration | bandwidth considerations]]. As a result, a device hosting a multivideo conference on its CONF or SCNF interface has a higher CPU load in 13r3 than in 13r2.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:13r3_conference_bandwidth.png|700px|Estimated Conference bandwidth requirements]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The graph shows the bandwidth needed for a device running the CONF interface to participate in a conference. The values shown are for when all participants are in gallery mode (which is the worst case scenario) and in fullscreen presentation mode (which is the best case scenario). In general, the actual bandwidth needed will fall somewhere between these two extremes. To calculate the CPU requirements for the device, you can use the following formula: CPU% = Bandwidth (in Mbps) / x, where x is 0.42 for a xx10 device, 0.56 for a xx11 device, and 3.6 for a xx13 device. For example, if you are hosting a conference with 10 participants on a xx11 device in gallery mode, the upstream and downstream bandwidth would be 25 Mbps. Using the formula, you can calculate the CPU requirements as follows: CPU% = 25 Mbps / 0.56 = 44.64%. This means that the device should have at least 45% free CPU capacity to handle the conference.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
From the client&#039;s perspective, the worst case values for upstream bandwidth (when presenting) would be 1 Mbps, and for downstream bandwidth (when in a gallery mode conference with 20 participants) would be 5 Mbps.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Related Articles ==&lt;br /&gt;
*[[Howto:Firmware_Upgrade]]&lt;br /&gt;
*[[Support:PBX_V13r3_Final_trap_with_Unkown_Registrations]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Howto|{{PAGENAME}}]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Gbe</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://wiki.innovaphone.com/index.php?title=Reference13r2:Concept_Hardware_Rental&amp;diff=64639</id>
		<title>Reference13r2:Concept Hardware Rental</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://wiki.innovaphone.com/index.php?title=Reference13r2:Concept_Hardware_Rental&amp;diff=64639"/>
		<updated>2022-12-21T13:31:30Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Gbe: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&amp;lt;!-- Keywords: Hardware, Rental, miete --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Applies To==&lt;br /&gt;
This information applies to&lt;br /&gt;
* innovaphone gateways/phones from version 13r2 sr9 &lt;br /&gt;
* Devices app version 13r2 sr9&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Requirements==&lt;br /&gt;
* a hardware rental contract&lt;br /&gt;
* special rental devices (can be ordered after conclusion of a rental contract inside the Portal my.innovaphone)&lt;br /&gt;
* innovaphone gateway/phone version 13r2 sr9 or higher&lt;br /&gt;
* Devices app with 13r2 sr9 and access to the Devices app&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Hardware rental program and payment method==&lt;br /&gt;
innovaphone uses iSC (innovaphone Service Credits) as a payment method for the flexible hardware rental program. The iSC are bound on a customer specific account to a specific domain. As soon as a hardware is activated for renting, the account balance starts decreasing.&lt;br /&gt;
* iSC can be ordered via the innovaphone sales channel and are managed through the myApps Platform. The delivery is realized in form of an activation key. Then iSC are loaded through the Devices app to a specific customer account to a specific domain. The customer account is logically connected to [[Reference:My Innovaphone | My Innovaphone]]. Hardware rental however is exclusively managed via the Devices app.&lt;br /&gt;
* iSC are not just for hardware rental. An existing iSC balance can therefore be used flexibly by the same customer in the same domain to rent other licenses or services.&lt;br /&gt;
* The rental program is operational as long as a positive iSC balance is available on the customer account. The hardware rental functionality stops immediately when the iSC balance becomes zero. A negative iSC balance is not accepted.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Hardware licenses===&lt;br /&gt;
* Hardware licenses are part of the hardware rental and must not be licensed separately.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Technical aspects===&lt;br /&gt;
The rental duration is calculated on each change of hardware and license in the domain. Consequently, after each change in the configuration new licenses and hardware with a new duration are transferred to the gateways and also stored in the Devices App itself.&lt;br /&gt;
If the rental expires, the gateway reboots and the hardware is not operational anymore.&lt;br /&gt;
The licenses are also transferred after each reconnect of a gateway to the Devices app.&lt;br /&gt;
 [[Remarks:]]&lt;br /&gt;
 * The Devices app must be online and have access to my-app.innovaphone.com!&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Hardware rental device orders===&lt;br /&gt;
You can order hardware rental devices inside the Portal my.innovaphone after you have concluded a hardware rental contract.&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
You must start the hardware rental within &#039;&#039;&#039;10 days&#039;&#039;&#039; after shipment at innovaphone! If you start it later, you must still pay the difference in iSC.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Returns/Defects====&lt;br /&gt;
If you want to return a device to innovaphone or if a device is defect, you must cancel the single hardware rental contract for this device inside your Devices app.&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
The device must be received max &#039;&#039;&#039;10 days&#039;&#039;&#039; later by innovaphone. Otherwise, innovaphone is eligible to invoice the payable iSC.&lt;br /&gt;
 If you want a replacement device, simply order a new device of the same type.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Notifications====&lt;br /&gt;
You will receive email notifications if a device is not actively rented. Warning email addresses can be handed during the order process and the contract owner and orderer will receive these mails in addition too.&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Notifications are starting three working days before the period is over.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Configuration==&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
* run and finish the normal install process on the special rental hardware.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
* open the Devices app[[image:devices-app.png|thumb|upright=5.0|right|devices]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
* select the right domain[[image:devices-domain.png|thumb|upright=5.0|right|devices-domain]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
* click on Customer Account[[image:kundenkonto.png|thumb|upright=5.0|right|Customer Account]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
* login with your my.innovaphone account and check that you see your hardware rental contract&lt;br /&gt;
* add phones and gateways by the standard provisioning process&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
* click on rental [[image:rental.png|thumb|upright=5.0|right|rental]]&lt;br /&gt;
** here you have the overview to your licenses, devices and the status of your iSCs.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
* Tab Software [[image:miete-software.PNG|thumb|upright=5.0|right|Tab Software]]&lt;br /&gt;
** Add the licences you want to use [[Howto:Software_Rental]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
* Tab Hardware [[image:miete-hw.PNG|thumb|upright=5.0|right|Tab Hardware]]&lt;br /&gt;
** add and activate the listed devices to your hardware rental&lt;br /&gt;
** if you deactivate hardware rental here, you still need to pay iSCs for the time until you activate the rental again! But you can use this method to move a device between different Devices instances.&lt;br /&gt;
** provisioned devices are automatically added to hardware rental, you just need to manually add hardware which you connect manually to your Devices App&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
* Tab Rental contracts/Defects [[image:miete-contract.PNG|thumb|upright=5.0|right|Tab Rental contracts/Defects]]&lt;br /&gt;
** overview of your devices&lt;br /&gt;
** possibility to cancel a single hardware rental contract for a specific device&lt;br /&gt;
*** you can tell us here if you return a device because of a defect&lt;br /&gt;
*** if you need a new device as a replacement, simply order a new hardware rental device&lt;br /&gt;
*** you must return the cancelled device within 10 days to innovaphone&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
* Button History [[image:history.PNG|thumb|upright=5.0|right|Tab Contract]]&lt;br /&gt;
** you can download a excel sheet with history information&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Troubleshooting=&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- =Known Problems=== --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= Related Articles =&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Reference13r1:Concept Software Rental | Concept Software Rental]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Howto:Software_Rental]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Reference13r2:Concept App Service Devices | Concept App Service Devices]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Reference:My Innovaphone | My Innovaphone]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Concept|{{PAGENAME}}]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Gbe</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://wiki.innovaphone.com/index.php?title=Howto:Config_size_Limitations&amp;diff=62188</id>
		<title>Howto:Config size Limitations</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://wiki.innovaphone.com/index.php?title=Howto:Config_size_Limitations&amp;diff=62188"/>
		<updated>2022-05-24T11:20:06Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Gbe: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&amp;lt;!-- Keywords: config line size lenght length configline alias maximum number max config conf line relay maximum characters maps routes how many routes maximum routes maximum maps limitations restrictions --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Limitations=&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Sometimes, in large scenarios, there are configurations that can exceed some limits. This is to be considered in a concept planning.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
In most cases, problems with the limitations are simple conceptual errors and can be resolved by a different configuration.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If you have any problems with the concept development, or problems with understanding, please feel free to contact [mailto:presales-at-innovaphone-dot-com our presales team]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Whole Configuration File==&lt;br /&gt;
* the total length of each line must not exceed the following size:&lt;br /&gt;
:* 32kB in V13r1 and higher&lt;br /&gt;
:* 20kB in V12r1, V12r2&lt;br /&gt;
:* &amp;amp;nbsp;&amp;amp;nbsp;8kB in v11r2 and lower&lt;br /&gt;
* the number of whitespace separated strings (words) on each config line must not exceed 1024&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Gateway layer==&lt;br /&gt;
* the total size of &amp;quot;config change&amp;quot; commands must not exceed 29kB&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Interfaces==&lt;br /&gt;
* No more than 32 alias entries are allowed on one Gatekeeper/Registrar interface.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==VARS==&lt;br /&gt;
* Amount of 64kB flash segments to store [[Concept_Flash_Directory|VARS]] in the configuration.&lt;br /&gt;
** 2 segments on Gateways&lt;br /&gt;
** 10 segments on IPVA&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==PBX Object==&lt;br /&gt;
* Maximum Hardware IDs on a PBX Object:&lt;br /&gt;
:* 10 in V13r1 and higher&lt;br /&gt;
:* &amp;amp;nbsp;&amp;amp;nbsp;6 in V12r2 and lower&lt;br /&gt;
* No more than 32 conditions (only/only not) in a single CFx are possible&lt;br /&gt;
:If more conditions are needed, we recommend moving the logic to an external XML script that interprets the CGPN and forwards the call if necessary. See [http://wiki.innovaphone.com/index.php?title=Category:Sample sample scripts]&lt;br /&gt;
* Maximum size of a single xml attribute:&lt;br /&gt;
:* 32kB in V13r1 and higher&lt;br /&gt;
:* &amp;amp;nbsp;&amp;amp;nbsp;4kB in V12r2 and lower&lt;br /&gt;
* User specific myApps homescreen configuration: 8KB&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== PBX Groups ==&lt;br /&gt;
* Maximum limitation is 2048 Objects in a group&lt;br /&gt;
* Maximum limitation for the &#039;&#039;primary group&#039;&#039; in a Waiting Queue Object is 30 bytes for the groupname&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Weak Scenarios and better Solutions=&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Many Routes and Number Mappings in the routing engine==&lt;br /&gt;
It is not recommended to create very large configurations in the routing engine.&lt;br /&gt;
Instead, we recommend an assessment of the necessary concept and a sustainable solution.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Examples:&lt;br /&gt;
*[[Course12:Advanced_-_E164_PBX_Setups|E164 Setup]] - use global structured numbering plan&lt;br /&gt;
*[[Howto:Create_an_ACD_Routepoint_with_external_Call_Distribution_Logic|Howto: external ACD Routepoint logic]] - use external call-distribution logic via Vociemail Object&lt;br /&gt;
*[[Howto:Central_SIP_trunk_with_multiple_subscriber_numbers]] - use an additional PBX and GW-interfaces to map subscriber numbers to internal extensions&lt;br /&gt;
*separate Node with CFU&#039;s - use an additional Node for CFU&#039;s with Trunk Object and activated &#039;&#039;Discard received diverting No&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Tools=&lt;br /&gt;
*Online Calculator of bytes on String - https://mothereff.in/byte-counter&lt;br /&gt;
** please consider: A single character can use 1 to 4 bytes. It depends on the character. (Eg. the most chars use 1 byte, german umlauts use 2 bytes)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Related Articles ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[http://wiki.innovaphone.com/index.php?title=Concept_Flash_Directory Concept Flash Directory]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Gbe</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://wiki.innovaphone.com/index.php?title=Reference:IP73_WLAN_WiFi_Wireless_IP-Phone&amp;diff=61990</id>
		<title>Reference:IP73 WLAN WiFi Wireless IP-Phone</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://wiki.innovaphone.com/index.php?title=Reference:IP73_WLAN_WiFi_Wireless_IP-Phone&amp;diff=61990"/>
		<updated>2022-05-11T10:17:04Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Gbe: /* Known Problems */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;This article describes the IP73 WLAN/WiFi wireless IP phone, differences to the deprecated IP62 Wireless IP phone and a list of compatible WLAN infrastructures.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Applies To==&lt;br /&gt;
This information applies to:&lt;br /&gt;
*innovaphone IP73 (50-00073-001)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Requirements==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To perform configuration changes on the IP73 device a desktop programming kit (IP62/IP64/IP65/IP73) (Art.No. 50-00060-021 / Prod.ID DP1-UAAA/1A1) is required. The programming kit enables to connect the IP73 handset to a PC in order the configuration changes can be done using WinPDM software.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Feature Comparison==&lt;br /&gt;
This chapter describes the differences in the feature sets between old and new WiFi handsets.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{|border=&amp;quot;2&amp;quot; cellspacing=&amp;quot;4&amp;quot; cellpadding=&amp;quot;3&amp;quot; rules=&amp;quot;all&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;margin:1em 1em 1em 0; border:solid 1px #AAAAAA; border-collapse:collapse;empty-cells:show;&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|+ Handset Features Matrix&lt;br /&gt;
! Feature !! IP62 !! IP73 !! Description&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Signaling Protocols ||  H.323/SIP || SIP only ||&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Codecs || G.711, G.722, G.729 A || Opus Wideband, G.711, G.722, G.729 A/B/AB ||&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Talk Time/ Standby Time || 15 h / 100 h || 10 h / 100 h || with U-APSD&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| WiFi Standards || 802.11 a/b/g/n || 802.11 a/b/g/n/ac, 802.11r, 802.11k || MCS 0-7 only, Fast BSS Transition (FT or 802.11r)&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| SSL Certificates || customer managed || preinstalled by innovaphone/customer managed ||&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| call diversion || ok || only with DTMF ||&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
| Headset Connector || 2,5 mm || 3,5 mm ||&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Although the IP73 does not have access to a central LDAP phone book, the solution described in [[Reference9:PBX/Objects/Directory_Search]] can be used.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==WLAN Infrastructure Compatibility==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;IMPORTANT&#039;&#039;&#039;: Ask [mailto:presales_AT_innovaphone_D0T_com innovaphone Presales Team] for possible interop configuration recommendations and pitfalls before you order the WiFi equipment and start with the roll-out.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Note that availability and combinations of controllers and access points may be subject to change by the manufacturer and are not in the responsability of innovaphone. Errors and omissions excepted.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
innovaphone does not support WLAN infrastructures not listed in this document.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{|border=&amp;quot;2&amp;quot; cellspacing=&amp;quot;4&amp;quot; cellpadding=&amp;quot;3&amp;quot; rules=&amp;quot;all&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;margin:1em 1em 1em 0; border:solid 1px #AAAAAA; border-collapse:collapse;empty-cells:show;&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|+ Certified WLAN Platforms&lt;br /&gt;
! Vendor !! AP Model(s) !! Controller Model(s) !! latest tested SW Version&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Aruba ||AP 207, 214, 215, 224, 225, 275||7000/7200/9000/MX-VA-xxx||8.6.0.5&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Aruba ||AP 304, 305, 314, 315, 324, 325, 334, 335, 344, 345, 504, 505, 514, 515, 534, 554, 555||7000/7200/9000/MX-VA-xxx|| 8.7.1.1&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Cisco||AP 1702, 2702, 3702, 1832, 1852, 2802, 3802, 4800, 9115, 9117, 9120, 9130||3504, 5520, 8540, vWLC, Mobility Express Solution||8.10.105&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Cisco||AP 1832, 1852, 2802, 3802, 4800, 9105, 9115, 9117, 9120, 9130||3504, 5520, 8540, vWLC, Mobility Express Solution||8.10.162&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Cisco||AP 1702, 2702, 3702||Catalyst 9800||17.3.3&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Cisco||AP 1832, 1852, 2802, 3802, 4800, 9115, 9117, 9120, 9130, 9136||Catalyst 9800||17.7.1&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Cisco Meraki||MR20/MR30H/MR33/MR42/MR42E/MR52/MR53/MR53E/MR70/MR74/MR84 (802.11ac wave 2);MR36/MR44/MR46/MR46E/MR76/MR86 (802.11ax)||-||MR 27.7.1&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Extreme Networks (Enterasys/IdentiFi) ||AP 3801, 3805, 3825, 3865, 3935|| Extreme Wireless C25, C35, C2110, C5110, C5210, v2110||10.51.10&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Extreme Networks (Enterasys/IdentiFi) ||AP 122, 130, 230, 250, 550, 650|| Extreme Cloud ||AP 10.0r8, Cloud 20.1.1.3&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Extreme Networks (Enterasys/IdentiFi) ||AP 310i/e, 410i/e, 505i/e, 510i/e, 360i/e, 460i/e, 560|| XCC Controllers E1120, E2120, E3120, VE6120/VE6125, VE6120H||05.16.01.0025&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Extreme Networks (Enterasys/IdentiFi) || AP305c/cx, 410c, 460c, 510c/cx, 650|| Extreme Cloud C25, C35, C2110, C5110, C5210, v2110||AP 10.2.4.0, Cloud 20.1.1.3&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Extreme Networks (Enterasys/IdentiFi) || AP310i/e, 410i/e, 460i/e, 510i/e, 650i|| Extreme WING NX 5500, 75xx, 9500, 9510, 9600, 9610, VX9000||7.5.2.0&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Fortinet||AP1010/1014/1020/822/832, APU221EV/U223EV/U321EV/U323EV/U421EV/U423EV||MC1550/3x00/4x00/5000/6000&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;FortiWLC-50D ,200D, 500D, 1000D, 3000D&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;FWC- VM-50, 200, 500, 1000, 3000||8.5-2-5&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Ruckus||SmartZone ZF  R300, R310, T300, T310, R500, R510, H510, R600, R610, R710, R720||SmartZone platform, vSZ-(H,E,D), SZ100/300||5.2.0.0.699&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
as of February 2022.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== DAS Compatibility ===&lt;br /&gt;
[http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Distributed_antenna_system Distributed Antenna Systems (DAS)] provide a cost-effective solution for extending radio coverage inside large facilities. Simply put, a DAS can be seen as a long cable starting at a base station or access point to which many antennas are connected. While the architecture can be utilized to mitigate certain coverage issues, the innovaphone IP73 was not designed to accommodate for such RF environments. Furthermore it is difficult to ascertain and ensure WLAN reliability in regard to interference, capacity, roaming, location-based services, and some important [http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/IEEE_802.11n 802.11n] features, such as [http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Multiple-input_multiple-output MIMO]. As a consequence thereof, innovaphone will not endorse nor provide RF support for WiFi deployments over any Distributed Antenna System.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== WPA3 Compatibility ===&lt;br /&gt;
The IP73 already supports the configuration option for &#039;&#039;WPA3&#039;&#039;. However, this should not yet be actively used.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;WPA3&#039;&#039; is currently only recommended for demo purposes. Support for &#039;&#039;WPA3&#039;&#039; is implemented, but no successful interoperability tests have been performed. WPA3 is not recommended being used except for demo purposes.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Configuration==&lt;br /&gt;
IP73 configuration is done via WinPDM-application available at [https://store.innovaphone.com the Software section of the innovaphone App Store]. Use of desktop programming kit (IP62/IP64/IP65) (50-00060-021) is required.&lt;br /&gt;
===PBX Registration===&lt;br /&gt;
====Authentication via client certificate====&lt;br /&gt;
The recommended way to register an IP73 handset at the innovaphone PBX is SIP over TLS with authentication by a client certificate. The IP73 handset is delivered with a preinstalled device certificate already trusted by an innovaphone PBX.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Prerequisites on the PBX for such type of authentication are:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*The issuer of the IP73 client certificate is on the Trust List of the PBX gateway&lt;br /&gt;
*The CN of the client certificate used by IP73 equals the MAC address of the IP73 itself (alternatively other CN and registration identity can be used)&lt;br /&gt;
*User Object contains a Device with a Hardware Id matching the MAC address of the IP73&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
On the IP73 following settings must be configured:&lt;br /&gt;
*VoIP-&amp;gt;SIP&lt;br /&gt;
**SIP TLS client certificate: &amp;lt;select certificate with MAC address as CN&amp;gt; or &amp;lt;Automatic if preinstalled certificate is used&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
**SIP Transport: TLS&lt;br /&gt;
**Primary SIP proxy: &amp;lt;IP-address of the PBX&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
**SIP proxy ID: &amp;lt;PBX system name&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
**SIP proxy password: &amp;lt;no password is required&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
**Registration and Authentication identity: MAC address&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Authentication via username/hardware id and password====&lt;br /&gt;
*VoIP-&amp;gt;General-&amp;gt;Endpoint ID: username or hardware id on User Object&lt;br /&gt;
*VoIP-&amp;gt;SIP&lt;br /&gt;
**SIP Transport: TCP or UDP&lt;br /&gt;
**SIP proxy password: &amp;lt;password on the User Object or PBX System password, depending on Users Device configuration&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
**Registration and Authentication identity: Endpoint ID&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== ICE/TURN ===&lt;br /&gt;
ICE is enabled by default. It is required to provide STUN and TURN server configuration under VoIP-&amp;gt;General to secure correct negotiation of media channels.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Factory Reset ===&lt;br /&gt;
You can use the local &#039;&#039;Admin menu&#039;&#039; on the Phone or the WinPDM Software (Rightclick on the device) to make a Factory Reset.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Troubleshooting==&lt;br /&gt;
Log Options can be configured in the WinPDM software, under Device-&amp;gt;Log.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Remote PCAP Tracing===&lt;br /&gt;
You can activate the remote PCAP interface and Trace flags directly in the phone configuration (Admin Menu :: Logging :: Mode) or via WinPDM under Device-&amp;gt;Log-&amp;gt;PCAP capturing: RPCAP.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
 Only IP traces are available via RPCAP, no innovaphone or device internal traces are logged.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===PCAP to file via USB Tracing===&lt;br /&gt;
It is possible to store PCAP trace file in the &#039;&#039;pcap&#039;&#039; folder on the handset by setting in the phone configuration (Admin Menu :: Logging :: Mode) or via WinPDM under Device-&amp;gt;Log-&amp;gt;PCAP capturing the option &amp;quot;PCAP to file&amp;quot;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To access the file set Device -&amp;gt; General -&amp;gt; USB behavior to &amp;quot;Ask&amp;quot; and select &amp;quot;File transfer&amp;quot;, when connect the handset to the WinPDM. Navigate to the folder &#039;&#039;pcap&#039;&#039; on the &#039;&#039;Handset diagnostics&#039;&#039; drive.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Trace Options===&lt;br /&gt;
Following additional trace options are available:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*WLAN Trace&lt;br /&gt;
*Configuration Trace&lt;br /&gt;
*GUI Trace&lt;br /&gt;
*GLI Trace&lt;br /&gt;
*Unite Trace&lt;br /&gt;
*VoIP Trace&lt;br /&gt;
*System Trace&lt;br /&gt;
*Protector Trace&lt;br /&gt;
*SaS Trace&lt;br /&gt;
*Bluetooth Trace&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
 The resulting traces are available via USB file transfer and are encrypted. The encrypted log files can be encrypted by support only.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Logging via Syslog, SFTP or logfile===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The handset can be configured to send Syslog messages to a Syslog server, an SFTP server or to a local logfile located in the folder &#039;&#039;tracelog&#039;&#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The configuration is available via WinPDM Device -&amp;gt; Log -&amp;gt; Syslog or SFTP.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Handset Error Messages===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====No network====&lt;br /&gt;
The &#039;&#039;No network&#039;&#039; message indicates missing WLAN connection. It can be caused by wrong settings for SSID, Security, reg. domain and WLAN channels or lack of coverage.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====No access====&lt;br /&gt;
The &#039;&#039;No access&#039;&#039; message is caused by missing IP connectivity to the PBX or wrong configuration for authentication at the PBX.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Shortcuts ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There are additional hidden tools for information and analysing are available.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
;Handset Device Information&lt;br /&gt;
:&#039;&#039;*#34#&#039;&#039; in the main display&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
;RSSI Indicator&lt;br /&gt;
:&#039;&#039;*#76#&#039;&#039; in the main display. Type again to exit.&lt;br /&gt;
: Here you find the following information in the display:&lt;br /&gt;
:* Line 1: SSID&lt;br /&gt;
:* Line 2: Current AP&lt;br /&gt;
:* Line 3: Current AP MAC&lt;br /&gt;
:* Line 4: Previous AP&lt;br /&gt;
:* Line 5: Previous AP MAC&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
;Site Survey Tool&lt;br /&gt;
:&#039;&#039;*#77#&#039;&#039; in the main display.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
;Admin Menu&lt;br /&gt;
: Go to the &#039;&#039;Settings menu&#039;&#039; and type in &#039;&#039;40022&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Known Problems==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Related Articles==&lt;br /&gt;
*[[IP73 Technical Data EN]]&lt;br /&gt;
*[[Reference:IP62 WLAN WiFi Wireless IP-Phone]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Gbe</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://wiki.innovaphone.com/index.php?title=Reference13r2:Concept_Hardware_Rental&amp;diff=61171</id>
		<title>Reference13r2:Concept Hardware Rental</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://wiki.innovaphone.com/index.php?title=Reference13r2:Concept_Hardware_Rental&amp;diff=61171"/>
		<updated>2022-03-02T13:19:29Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Gbe: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;{{FIXME|reason=This article is still work in progress}}&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Keywords: --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Applies To==&lt;br /&gt;
This information&#039;s applies to&lt;br /&gt;
* innovaphone gateways/phones from version 13r2 sr9 &lt;br /&gt;
* App Devices version 13r2 sr9&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Requirements==&lt;br /&gt;
* a hardware rental contract&lt;br /&gt;
* special rental devices (can be ordered after conclusion of a rental contract inside the Portal my.innovaphone)&lt;br /&gt;
* innovaphone gateway/phone version 13r2 sr9 or higher&lt;br /&gt;
* App Devices with 13r2 sr9 and access to the Devices App&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Hardware rental program and payment method==&lt;br /&gt;
innovaphone uses iSC (innovaphone Service Credits) as a payment method for the flexible hardware rental program. The iSC are bound on a customer specific account to a specific domain. As soon as a hardware is activated for renting, the account balance starts decreasing.&lt;br /&gt;
* iSC can be ordered via the innovaphone sales channel and are managed through the myApps Platform. The delivery is realized in form of an activation key. Then iSC are loaded through the Devices App to a specific customer account to a specifc domain. The customer account is logically connected to [[Reference:My Innovaphone | My Innovaphone]]. Hardware rental however is exclusively managed via the Devices App.&lt;br /&gt;
* iSC are not just for hardware rental. An existing iSC balance can therefore be used flexibly by the same customer in the same domain to rent other licenses or services.&lt;br /&gt;
* The rental program is operational as long as a positive iSC balance is available on the customer account. The hardware rental functionality stops immediately when the iSC balance becomes zero. A negative iSC balance is not accepted.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Hardware licenses===&lt;br /&gt;
* Hardware licenses are part of the hardware rental and must not be licensed separately.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Technical aspects===&lt;br /&gt;
The rental duration is calculated on each change of hardware and license in the domain. Consequently, after each change in the configuration new licenses and hardware with a new duration are transferred to the gateways and also stored in the Devices App itself.&lt;br /&gt;
If the rental expires, the gateway reboots and the hardware is not operational anymore.&lt;br /&gt;
The licenses are also transferred after each reconnect of a gateway to the Devices App.&lt;br /&gt;
 [[Remarks:]]&lt;br /&gt;
 * The Devices App must be online and have access to my-app.innovaphone.com!&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Hardware rental device orders===&lt;br /&gt;
You can order hardware rental devices inside the Portal my.innovaphone after you have concluded a hardware rental contract.&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
You must start the hardware rental within &#039;&#039;&#039;10 days&#039;&#039;&#039; after shipment at innovaphone! If you start it later, you must still pay the difference in iSCs.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Returns/Defects====&lt;br /&gt;
If you want to return a device to innovaphone or if a device is defect, you must cancel the single hardware rental contract for this device inside your Devices App.&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
The device must be received max &#039;&#039;&#039;10 days&#039;&#039;&#039; later by innovaphone. Otherwise, innovaphone is eligible to invoice the payable iSC.&lt;br /&gt;
 If you want a replacement device, simply order a new device of the same type.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Notifications====&lt;br /&gt;
You will receive email notifications if a device is not actively rented. Warning email addresses can be handed during the order process and the contract owner and orderer will receive these mails in addition too.&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Notifications are starting three working days before the period is over.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Configuration==&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
* run and finish the normal install process on the special rental hardware.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
* open the devices app[[image:devices-app.png|thumb|upright=5.0|right|devices]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
* select the right domain[[image:devices-domain.png|thumb|upright=5.0|right|devices-domain]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
* click on Customer Account[[image:kundenkonto.png|thumb|upright=5.0|right|Customer Account]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
* login with your my.innovaphone account and check that you see your hardware rental contract&lt;br /&gt;
* add phones and gateways by the standard provisioning process&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
* click on rental [[image:rental.png|thumb|upright=5.0|right|rental]]&lt;br /&gt;
** here you have the overview to your licenses, devices and the status of your iSCs.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
* Tab Software [[image:miete-software.PNG|thumb|upright=5.0|right|Tab Software]]&lt;br /&gt;
** Add the licences you want to use [[Howto:Software_Rental]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
* Tab Hardware [[image:miete-hw.PNG|thumb|upright=5.0|right|Tab Hardware]]&lt;br /&gt;
** add and activate the listed devices to your hardware rental&lt;br /&gt;
** if you deactivate hardware rental here, you still need to pay iSCs for the time until you activate the rental again! But you can use this method to move a device between different Devices instances.&lt;br /&gt;
** provisioned devices are automatically added to hardware rental, you just need to manually add hardware which you connect manually to your Devices App&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
* Tab Rental contracts/Defects [[image:miete-contract.PNG|thumb|upright=5.0|right|Tab Rental contracts/Defects]]&lt;br /&gt;
** overview of your devices&lt;br /&gt;
** possibility to cancel a single hardware rental contract for a specific device&lt;br /&gt;
*** you can tell us here if you return a device because of a defect&lt;br /&gt;
*** if you need a new device as a replacement, simply order a new hardware rental device&lt;br /&gt;
*** you must return the cancelled device within 10 days to innovaphone&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
* Button History [[image:history.PNG|thumb|upright=5.0|right|Tab Contract]]&lt;br /&gt;
** you can download a excel sheet with history information&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Troubleshooting=&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- =Known Problems=== --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= Related Articles =&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Reference13r1:Concept Software Rental | Concept Software Rental]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Howto:Software_Rental]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Reference13r2:Concept App Service Devices | Concept App Service Devices]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Reference:My Innovaphone | My Innovaphone]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Concept|{{PAGENAME}}]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Gbe</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://wiki.innovaphone.com/index.php?title=File:Miete-hw.PNG&amp;diff=61170</id>
		<title>File:Miete-hw.PNG</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://wiki.innovaphone.com/index.php?title=File:Miete-hw.PNG&amp;diff=61170"/>
		<updated>2022-03-02T13:17:48Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Gbe: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Gbe</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://wiki.innovaphone.com/index.php?title=Reference13r2:Concept_Hardware_Rental&amp;diff=61158</id>
		<title>Reference13r2:Concept Hardware Rental</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://wiki.innovaphone.com/index.php?title=Reference13r2:Concept_Hardware_Rental&amp;diff=61158"/>
		<updated>2022-03-01T15:32:35Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Gbe: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;{{FIXME|reason=This article is still work in progress}}&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Keywords: --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Applies To==&lt;br /&gt;
This information&#039;s applies to&lt;br /&gt;
* innovaphone PBX from version 13r2 sr9 &lt;br /&gt;
* App Platform version 13r2 sr9&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Requirements=&lt;br /&gt;
* a hardware rental contract&lt;br /&gt;
* special rental devices (can be selected with the rental contract)&lt;br /&gt;
* innovaphone PBX version 13r2 sr9 or higher&lt;br /&gt;
* a running App Platform 13r2 sr9 and access to the Devices App&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Hardware Rental program and Payment method==&lt;br /&gt;
innovaphone uses iSC (innovaphone Service Credits) as a payment method for the flexible hardware rental program. The iSC are bound on a customer specific account. As soon as a hardware  is activated for renting, the account balance starts decreasing, in function of the given hardware rental configuration.&lt;br /&gt;
* iSC can be ordered via the innovaphone sales channel and are managed through the myApps Platform. The delivery is realized in form of an activation key. Then iSC are loaded through the Devices App to a specific customer account. The customer account is logically connected to the [[Reference:My Innovaphone | My Innovaphone]]. The hardware rental however, are managed exclusively via the Devices App.&lt;br /&gt;
* iSC are not bound to a customer account. Existing iSC balances can therefore be used flexibly, by the same customer, to rent other licenses or services.&lt;br /&gt;
* The rental program is operational, as long as a positive iSC balance is available on the customer account. The hardware rental functionality stops immediately when the iSC balance becomes zero. A negative iSC balance is not accepted.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Hardware licenses====&lt;br /&gt;
* The hardware licences are part of the hardware rental and must not licenced separately.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Technical aspects====&lt;br /&gt;
The rental duration is calculated on each change of hardware and licence in the domain. Consequently, after each change in the configuration new licenses and hardware with a new duration are transferred to the gateways and also stored in the Devices App itself.&lt;br /&gt;
If the rental expires, the gateway reboots and the hardware are not operational anymore.&lt;br /&gt;
The licenses are also transferred after each reconnect of a gateway to the Devices App.&lt;br /&gt;
 [[Remarks:]]&lt;br /&gt;
 * The Devices App must be online and have access to my.innovaphone.com!&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Configuration==&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
* run and finish the normal install process on the special rental hardware.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
* open the devices app[[image:devices-app.png|thumb|upright=5.0|right|devices]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
* select the right domain[[image:devices-domain.png|thumb|upright=5.0|right|devices-domain]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
* click on Access Rights[[image:kundenkonto.png|thumb|upright=5.0|right|Access Rights]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
* login with your my.innovaphone account and select your hardware rental contract.&lt;br /&gt;
* add the phones over the provisioning process&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
* click on rental [[image:rental.png|thumb|upright=5.0|right|rental]]&lt;br /&gt;
** here you have the overview to your contract and the status of your iSC&#039;s.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
* Tab Software [[image:miete-software.PNG|thumb|upright=5.0|right|Tab Software]]&lt;br /&gt;
** Add the licences you want to use [[Howto:Software_Rental]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
* Tab Hardware [[image:miete-software.PNG|thumb|upright=5.0|right|Tab Hardware]]&lt;br /&gt;
** add and activate the listed Phones to your hardware rental&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
* Tab Contract [[image:miete-contract.PNG|thumb|upright=5.0|right|Tab Contract]]&lt;br /&gt;
** overview to your devices and the contract information&#039;s&lt;br /&gt;
*** possibility to change (RMA) or deactivate the rental for a special device&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
* Button History [[image:history.PNG|thumb|upright=5.0|right|Tab Contract]]history.PNG&lt;br /&gt;
** you can download a excel sheet with some more History Information&#039;s.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Troubleshooting=&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- =Known Problems=== --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= Related Articles =&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Reference13r1:Concept Software Rental | Concept Software Rental]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Howto:Software_Rental]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Reference13r2:Concept App Service Devices | Concept App Service Devices]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Reference:My Innovaphone | My Innovaphone]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Concept|{{PAGENAME}}]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Gbe</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://wiki.innovaphone.com/index.php?title=File:History.PNG&amp;diff=61157</id>
		<title>File:History.PNG</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://wiki.innovaphone.com/index.php?title=File:History.PNG&amp;diff=61157"/>
		<updated>2022-03-01T15:24:07Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Gbe: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Gbe</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://wiki.innovaphone.com/index.php?title=File:Miete-contract.PNG&amp;diff=61156</id>
		<title>File:Miete-contract.PNG</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://wiki.innovaphone.com/index.php?title=File:Miete-contract.PNG&amp;diff=61156"/>
		<updated>2022-03-01T15:23:38Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Gbe: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Gbe</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://wiki.innovaphone.com/index.php?title=File:Miete-software.PNG&amp;diff=61155</id>
		<title>File:Miete-software.PNG</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://wiki.innovaphone.com/index.php?title=File:Miete-software.PNG&amp;diff=61155"/>
		<updated>2022-03-01T15:23:18Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Gbe: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Gbe</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://wiki.innovaphone.com/index.php?title=File:Rental.png&amp;diff=61154</id>
		<title>File:Rental.png</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://wiki.innovaphone.com/index.php?title=File:Rental.png&amp;diff=61154"/>
		<updated>2022-03-01T15:22:55Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Gbe: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Gbe</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://wiki.innovaphone.com/index.php?title=Reference13r2:Concept_Hardware_Rental&amp;diff=61153</id>
		<title>Reference13r2:Concept Hardware Rental</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://wiki.innovaphone.com/index.php?title=Reference13r2:Concept_Hardware_Rental&amp;diff=61153"/>
		<updated>2022-03-01T15:22:18Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Gbe: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;{{FIXME|reason=This article is still work in progress}}&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Keywords: --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Applies To==&lt;br /&gt;
This information&#039;s applies to&lt;br /&gt;
* innovaphone PBX from version 13r2 sr9 &lt;br /&gt;
* App Platform version 13r2 sr9&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Requirements=&lt;br /&gt;
* a hardware rental contract&lt;br /&gt;
* special rental devices (can be selected with the rental contract)&lt;br /&gt;
* innovaphone PBX version 13r2 sr9 or higher&lt;br /&gt;
* a running App Platform 13r2 sr9 and access to the Devices App&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Hardware Rental program and Payment method==&lt;br /&gt;
innovaphone uses iSC (innovaphone Service Credits) as a payment method for the flexible hardware rental program. The iSC are bound on a customer specific account. As soon as a hardware  is activated for renting, the account balance starts decreasing, in function of the given hardware rental configuration.&lt;br /&gt;
* iSC can be ordered via the innovaphone sales channel and are managed through the myApps Platform. The delivery is realized in form of an activation key. Then iSC are loaded through the Devices App to a specific customer account. The customer account is logically connected to the [[Reference:My Innovaphone | My Innovaphone]]. The hardware rental however, are managed exclusively via the Devices App.&lt;br /&gt;
* iSC are not bound to a customer account. Existing iSC balances can therefore be used flexibly, by the same customer, to rent other licenses or services.&lt;br /&gt;
* The rental program is operational, as long as a positive iSC balance is available on the customer account. The hardware rental functionality stops immediately when the iSC balance becomes zero. A negative iSC balance is not accepted.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Hardware licenses====&lt;br /&gt;
* The hardware licences are part of the hardware rental and must not licenced separately.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Technical aspects====&lt;br /&gt;
The rental duration is calculated on each change of hardware and licence in the domain. Consequently, after each change in the configuration new licenses and hardware with a new duration are transferred to the gateways and also stored in the Devices App itself.&lt;br /&gt;
If the rental expires, the gateway reboots and the hardware are not operational anymore.&lt;br /&gt;
The licenses are also transferred after each reconnect of a gateway to the Devices App.&lt;br /&gt;
 [[Remarks:]]&lt;br /&gt;
 * The Devices App must be online and have access to my.innovaphone.com!&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Configuration==&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
* run and finish the normal install process on the special rental hardware.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
* open the devices app[[image:devices-app.png|thumb|upright=5.0|right|devices]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
* select the right domain[[image:devices-domain.png|thumb|upright=5.0|right|devices-domain]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
* click on Access Rights[[image:kundenkonto.png|thumb|upright=5.0|right|Access Rights]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
* login with your my.innovaphone account and select your hardware rental contract.&lt;br /&gt;
* add the phones over the provisioning process&lt;br /&gt;
* click on rental [[image:rental.png|thumb|upright=5.0|right|rental]]&lt;br /&gt;
** here you have the overview to your contract and the status of your iSC&#039;s.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
* Tab Software [[image:miete-software.PNG|thumb|upright=5.0|right|Tab Software]]&lt;br /&gt;
** Add the licences you want to use [[Howto:Software_Rental]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
* Tab Hardware [[image:miete-software.PNG|thumb|upright=5.0|right|Tab Hardware]]&lt;br /&gt;
** add and activate the listed Phones to your hardware rental&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
* Tab Contract [[image:miete-contract.PNG|thumb|upright=5.0|right|Tab Contract]]&lt;br /&gt;
** overview to your devices and the contract information&#039;s&lt;br /&gt;
*** possibility to change (RMA) or deactivate the rental for a special device&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
* Button History [[image:history.PNG|thumb|upright=5.0|right|Tab Contract]]history.PNG&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Troubleshooting=&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- =Known Problems=== --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= Related Articles =&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Reference13r1:Concept Software Rental | Concept Software Rental]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Howto:Software_Rental]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Reference13r2:Concept App Service Devices | Concept App Service Devices]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Reference:My Innovaphone | My Innovaphone]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Concept|{{PAGENAME}}]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Gbe</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://wiki.innovaphone.com/index.php?title=File:Kundenkonto.png&amp;diff=61146</id>
		<title>File:Kundenkonto.png</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://wiki.innovaphone.com/index.php?title=File:Kundenkonto.png&amp;diff=61146"/>
		<updated>2022-03-01T12:03:05Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Gbe: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Gbe</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://wiki.innovaphone.com/index.php?title=File:Devices-domain.png&amp;diff=61145</id>
		<title>File:Devices-domain.png</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://wiki.innovaphone.com/index.php?title=File:Devices-domain.png&amp;diff=61145"/>
		<updated>2022-03-01T12:02:50Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Gbe: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Gbe</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://wiki.innovaphone.com/index.php?title=File:Devices-app.png&amp;diff=61144</id>
		<title>File:Devices-app.png</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://wiki.innovaphone.com/index.php?title=File:Devices-app.png&amp;diff=61144"/>
		<updated>2022-03-01T12:02:24Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Gbe: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Gbe</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://wiki.innovaphone.com/index.php?title=Reference13r2:Concept_Hardware_Rental&amp;diff=61143</id>
		<title>Reference13r2:Concept Hardware Rental</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://wiki.innovaphone.com/index.php?title=Reference13r2:Concept_Hardware_Rental&amp;diff=61143"/>
		<updated>2022-03-01T12:02:00Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Gbe: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;{{FIXME|reason=This article is still work in progress}}&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Keywords: --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Applies To==&lt;br /&gt;
This information&#039;s applies to&lt;br /&gt;
* innovaphone PBX from version 13r2 sr9 &lt;br /&gt;
* App Platform version 13r2 sr9&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Requirements=&lt;br /&gt;
* innovaphone PBX version 13r2 sr9 or higher&lt;br /&gt;
* a running App Platform 13r2 sr9 and access to the Devices App&lt;br /&gt;
* a hardware rental contract&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Hardware Rental program and Payment method==&lt;br /&gt;
innovaphone uses iSC (innovaphone Service Credits) as a payment method for the flexible hardware rental program. The iSC are bound on a customer specific account. As soon as a hardware  is activated for renting, the account balance starts decreasing, in function of the given hardware rental configuration.&lt;br /&gt;
* iSC can be ordered via the innovaphone sales channel and are managed through the myApps Platform. The delivery is realized in form of an activation key. Then iSC are loaded through the Devices App to a specific customer account. The customer account is logically connected to the [[Reference:My Innovaphone | My Innovaphone]]. The hardware rental however, are managed exclusively via the Devices App.&lt;br /&gt;
* iSC are not bound to a customer account. Existing iSC balances can therefore be used flexibly, by the same customer, to rent other licenses or services.&lt;br /&gt;
* The rental program is operational, as long as a positive iSC balance is available on the customer account. The hardware rental functionality stops immediately when the iSC balance becomes zero. A negative iSC balance is not accepted.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Hardware licenses====&lt;br /&gt;
* The licences for the hardware are part of the hardware rental. The hardware is fully licenced. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Technical aspects====&lt;br /&gt;
The rental duration is calculated on each license or balance change in the domain. Consequently, after each change in the configuration new licenses, with a new duration are transferred to the gateways and also stored in the Devices App itself.&lt;br /&gt;
If the rental expires, the gateway reboots and the licenses are not operational anymore.&lt;br /&gt;
The licenses are also transferred after each reconnect of a gateway to the Devices App.&lt;br /&gt;
 [[Remarks:]]&lt;br /&gt;
 * For license and balance changes, the Devices App must be online and have access to my.innovaphone.com!&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Configuration==&lt;br /&gt;
* open the devices app&lt;br /&gt;
[[image:devices-app.png|thumb|upright=5.0|right|devices]]&lt;br /&gt;
* select the right domain&lt;br /&gt;
[[image:devices-domain.png|thumb|upright=5.0|right|devices-domain]]&lt;br /&gt;
* click on account&lt;br /&gt;
[[image:kundenkonto.png|thumb|upright=5.0|right|kundenkonto]]&lt;br /&gt;
* login with your my.innovaphone account&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Troubleshooting=&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- =Known Problems=== --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= Related Articles =&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Reference13r1:Concept Software Rental | Concept Software Rental]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Howto:Software_Rental]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Reference13r2:Concept App Service Devices | Concept App Service Devices]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Reference:My Innovaphone | My Innovaphone]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Concept|{{PAGENAME}}]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Gbe</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://wiki.innovaphone.com/index.php?title=Reference13r2:Concept_Hardware_Rental&amp;diff=61139</id>
		<title>Reference13r2:Concept Hardware Rental</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://wiki.innovaphone.com/index.php?title=Reference13r2:Concept_Hardware_Rental&amp;diff=61139"/>
		<updated>2022-03-01T09:20:23Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Gbe: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;{{FIXME|reason=This article is still work in progress}}&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Keywords: --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Applies To==&lt;br /&gt;
This information&#039;s applies to&lt;br /&gt;
* innovaphone PBX from version 13r2 sr9 &lt;br /&gt;
* App Platform version 13r2 sr9&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Requirements=&lt;br /&gt;
* innovaphone PBX version 13r2 sr9 or higher&lt;br /&gt;
* a running App Platform 13r2 sr9 and access to the Devices App&lt;br /&gt;
* a hardware rental contract&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--&lt;br /&gt;
==Hardware Rental program and Payment method==&lt;br /&gt;
innovaphone uses iSC (innovaphone Service Credits) as a payment method for the flexible hardware rental program. The iSC are bound on a customer specific account. As soon as a hardware  is activated for renting, the account balance starts decreasing, in function of the given hardware rental configuration.&lt;br /&gt;
* iSC can be ordered via the innovaphone sales channel and are managed through the myApps Platform. The delivery is realized in form of an activation key. Then iSC are loaded through the Devices App to a specific customer account. The customer account is logically connected to the [[Reference:My Innovaphone | My Innovaphone]]. The hardware rental however, are managed exclusively via the Devices App.&lt;br /&gt;
* iSC are not bound to a customer account. Existing iSC balances can therefore be used flexibly, by the same customer, to rent other licenses or services.&lt;br /&gt;
* The rental program is operational, as long as a positive iSC balance is available on the customer account. The hardware rental does terminate immediately when the iSC balance becomes zero. A negative iSC balance is not accepted.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Hardware licenses====&lt;br /&gt;
* Eventually needed Hardware licenses (e.g. channel licenses) have to be bound on the specific device in my.innovaphone itself (currently this is not be handled within the Devices App). Those need to be downloaded from my.innovaphone and on the device with the already known methods.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Technical aspects====&lt;br /&gt;
The rental duration is calculated on each license or balance change in the domain. Consequently, after each change in the configuration new licenses, with a new duration are transferred to the gateways and also stored in the Devices App itself.&lt;br /&gt;
If the rental expires, the gateway reboots and the licenses are not operational anymore.&lt;br /&gt;
The licenses are also transferred after each reconnect of a gateway to the Devices App.&lt;br /&gt;
 [[Remarks:]]&lt;br /&gt;
 * For license and balance changes, the Devices App must be online and have access to my.innovaphone.com!&lt;br /&gt;
--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Configuration==&lt;br /&gt;
* open the devices app&lt;br /&gt;
[[image:devices.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
* select the right domain&lt;br /&gt;
[[image:devices-domain.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
* click on account&lt;br /&gt;
[[image:kundenkonto.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
* login with your my.innovaphone account&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Troubleshooting=&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- =Known Problems=== --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= Related Articles =&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Reference13r1:Concept Software Rental | Concept Software Rental]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Howto:Software_Rental]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Reference13r2:Concept App Service Devices | Concept App Service Devices]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Reference:My Innovaphone | My Innovaphone]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Concept|{{PAGENAME}}]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Gbe</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://wiki.innovaphone.com/index.php?title=Reference13r2:Concept_Hardware_Rental&amp;diff=61138</id>
		<title>Reference13r2:Concept Hardware Rental</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://wiki.innovaphone.com/index.php?title=Reference13r2:Concept_Hardware_Rental&amp;diff=61138"/>
		<updated>2022-02-25T15:12:40Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Gbe: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;{{FIXME|reason=This article is still work in progress}}&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Keywords: --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Applies To==&lt;br /&gt;
This information&#039;s applies to&lt;br /&gt;
* innovaphone PBX from version 13r2 sr9 &lt;br /&gt;
* App Platform version 13r2 sr9&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Requirements=&lt;br /&gt;
* innovaphone PBX version 13r2 sr9 or higher&lt;br /&gt;
* a running App Platform 13r2 sr9 and access to the Devices App&lt;br /&gt;
* a hardware rental contract&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--&lt;br /&gt;
==Hardware Rental program and Payment method==&lt;br /&gt;
innovaphone uses iSC (innovaphone Service Credits) as a payment method for the flexible hardware rental program. The iSC are bound on a customer specific account. As soon as a hardware  is activated for renting, the account balance starts decreasing, in function of the given hardware rental configuration.&lt;br /&gt;
* iSC can be ordered via the innovaphone sales channel and are managed through the myApps Platform. The delivery is realized in form of an activation key. Then iSC are loaded through the Devices App to a specific customer account. The customer account is logically connected to the [[Reference:My Innovaphone | My Innovaphone]]. The hardware rental however, are managed exclusively via the Devices App.&lt;br /&gt;
* iSC are not bound to a customer account. Existing iSC balances can therefore be used flexibly, by the same customer, to rent other licenses or services.&lt;br /&gt;
* The rental program is operational, as long as a positive iSC balance is available on the customer account. The hardware rental does terminate immediately when the iSC balance becomes zero. A negative iSC balance is not accepted.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Hardware licenses====&lt;br /&gt;
* Eventually needed Hardware licenses (e.g. channel licenses) have to be bound on the specific device in my.innovaphone itself (currently this is not be handled within the Devices App). Those need to be downloaded from my.innovaphone and on the device with the already known methods.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Technical aspects====&lt;br /&gt;
The rental duration is calculated on each license or balance change in the domain. Consequently, after each change in the configuration new licenses, with a new duration are transferred to the gateways and also stored in the Devices App itself.&lt;br /&gt;
If the rental expires, the gateway reboots and the licenses are not operational anymore.&lt;br /&gt;
The licenses are also transferred after each reconnect of a gateway to the Devices App.&lt;br /&gt;
 [[Remarks:]]&lt;br /&gt;
 * For license and balance changes, the Devices App must be online and have access to my.innovaphone.com!&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Configuration==&lt;br /&gt;
* open the devices app&lt;br /&gt;
[[image:devices.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
* select the right domain&lt;br /&gt;
[[image:devices-domain.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
* click on account&lt;br /&gt;
[[image:kundenkonto.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
* login with your my.innovaphone account&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Troubleshooting=&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- =Known Problems=== --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= Related Articles =&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Reference13r1:Concept Software Rental | Concept Software Rental]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Howto:Software_Rental]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Reference13r2:Concept App Service Devices | Concept App Service Devices]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Reference:My Innovaphone | My Innovaphone]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Concept|{{PAGENAME}}]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Gbe</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://wiki.innovaphone.com/index.php?title=Reference13r2:Concept_Hardware_Rental&amp;diff=61137</id>
		<title>Reference13r2:Concept Hardware Rental</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://wiki.innovaphone.com/index.php?title=Reference13r2:Concept_Hardware_Rental&amp;diff=61137"/>
		<updated>2022-02-25T11:26:41Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Gbe: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;{{FIXME|reason=This article is still work in progress}}&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Keywords: --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Applies To==&lt;br /&gt;
This information&#039;s applies to&lt;br /&gt;
* innovaphone PBX from version 13r2 sr9 &lt;br /&gt;
* App Platform version 13r2 sr9&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Requirements=&lt;br /&gt;
* innovaphone PBX version 13r2 sr9 or higher&lt;br /&gt;
* a running App Platform 13r2 sr9 and access to the Devices App&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Troubleshooting=&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- =Known Problems=== --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= Related Articles =&lt;br /&gt;
[[Reference13r1:Concept Software Rental | Concept Software Rental]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Concept|{{PAGENAME}}]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Gbe</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://wiki.innovaphone.com/index.php?title=Reference13r2:Concept_Hardware_Rental&amp;diff=61132</id>
		<title>Reference13r2:Concept Hardware Rental</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://wiki.innovaphone.com/index.php?title=Reference13r2:Concept_Hardware_Rental&amp;diff=61132"/>
		<updated>2022-02-24T15:48:58Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Gbe: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;{{FIXME|reason=This article is still work in progress}}&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Keywords: --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Applies To==&lt;br /&gt;
This information&#039;s applies to&lt;br /&gt;
* innovaphone PBX from version 13r2 sr9 &lt;br /&gt;
* App Platform version 13r2 sr9&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Requirements=&lt;br /&gt;
* innovaphone PBX version 13r2 sr9 or higher&lt;br /&gt;
* a running App Platform 13r2 sr9 and access to the Devices App&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Troubleshooting=&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- =Known Problems=== --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= Related Articles =&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--optional bullet list, remove section if not needed--&amp;gt;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Gbe</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://wiki.innovaphone.com/index.php?title=Reference13r2:Concept_Hardware_Rental&amp;diff=61131</id>
		<title>Reference13r2:Concept Hardware Rental</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://wiki.innovaphone.com/index.php?title=Reference13r2:Concept_Hardware_Rental&amp;diff=61131"/>
		<updated>2022-02-24T15:48:12Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Gbe: New page: {{FIXME|reason=This article is still work in progress}} &amp;lt;!-- Keywords: --&amp;gt;   ==Applies To== This information&amp;#039;s applies to * innovaphone PBX from version 13r2 sr9  * App Platform version 13...&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;{{FIXME|reason=This article is still work in progress}}&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Keywords: --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Applies To==&lt;br /&gt;
This information&#039;s applies to&lt;br /&gt;
* innovaphone PBX from version 13r2 sr9 &lt;br /&gt;
* App Platform version 13r2 sr9&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Requirements=&lt;br /&gt;
* innovaphone PBX version 13r2 sr9 or higher&lt;br /&gt;
* a running App Platform and access to the Devices App&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Troubleshooting=&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- =Known Problems=== --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= Related Articles =&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--optional bullet list, remove section if not needed--&amp;gt;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Gbe</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://wiki.innovaphone.com/index.php?title=Howto:Config_size_Limitations&amp;diff=59887</id>
		<title>Howto:Config size Limitations</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://wiki.innovaphone.com/index.php?title=Howto:Config_size_Limitations&amp;diff=59887"/>
		<updated>2021-09-07T10:56:06Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Gbe: /* Tools */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&amp;lt;!-- Keywords: config line size lenght length configline alias maximum number max config conf line relay maximum characters maps routes how many routes maximum routes maximum maps limitations restrictions --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Limitations=&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Sometimes, in large scenarios, there are configurations that can exceed some limits. This is to be considered in a concept planning.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
In most cases, problems with the limitations are simple conceptual errors and can be resolved by a different configuration.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If you have any problems with the concept development, or problems with understanding, please feel free to contact [mailto:presales-at-innovaphone-dot-com our presales team]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Whole Configuration File==&lt;br /&gt;
* the total length of each line must not exceed the following size:&lt;br /&gt;
:* 32kB in V13r1 and higher&lt;br /&gt;
:* 20kB in V12r1, V12r2&lt;br /&gt;
:* &amp;amp;nbsp;&amp;amp;nbsp;8kB in v11r2 and lower&lt;br /&gt;
* the number of whitespace separated strings (words) on each config line must not exceed 1024&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Gateway layer==&lt;br /&gt;
* the total size of &amp;quot;config change&amp;quot; commands must not exceed 29kB&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Interfaces==&lt;br /&gt;
* No more than 32 alias entries are allowed on one Gatekeeper/Registrar interface.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==VARS==&lt;br /&gt;
* Amount of 64kB flash segments to store [[Concept_Flash_Directory|VARS]] in the configuration.&lt;br /&gt;
** 2 segments on Gateways&lt;br /&gt;
** 10 segments on IPVA&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==PBX Object==&lt;br /&gt;
* Maximum Hardware IDs on a PBX Object:&lt;br /&gt;
:* 10 in V13r1 and higher&lt;br /&gt;
:* &amp;amp;nbsp;&amp;amp;nbsp;6 in V12r2 and lower&lt;br /&gt;
* No more than 32 conditions (only/only not) in a single CFx are possible&lt;br /&gt;
:If more conditions are needed, we recommend moving the logic to an external XML script that interprets the CGPN and forwards the call if necessary. See [http://wiki.innovaphone.com/index.php?title=Category:Sample sample scripts]&lt;br /&gt;
* Maximum size of a single xml attribute:&lt;br /&gt;
:* 32kB in V13r1 and higher&lt;br /&gt;
:* &amp;amp;nbsp;&amp;amp;nbsp;4kB in V12r2 and lower&lt;br /&gt;
* User specific myApps homescreen configuration: 8KB&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== PBX Groups ==&lt;br /&gt;
* Maximum limitation is 2048 Objects in a group&lt;br /&gt;
* Maximum limitation for the &#039;&#039;primary group&#039;&#039; in a Waiting Queue Object is 30 bytes for the groupname&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Weak Scenarios and better Solutions=&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Many Routes and Number Mappings in the routing engine==&lt;br /&gt;
It is not recommended to create very large configurations in the routing engine.&lt;br /&gt;
Instead, we recommend an assessment of the necessary concept and a sustainable solution.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Examples:&lt;br /&gt;
*[[Course12:Advanced_-_E164_PBX_Setups|E164 Setup]] - use global structured numbering plan&lt;br /&gt;
*[[Howto:Create_an_ACD_Routepoint_with_external_Call_Distribution_Logic|Howto: external ACD Routepoint logic]] - use external call-distribution logic via Vociemail Object&lt;br /&gt;
*[[Howto:Central_SIP_trunk_with_multiple_subscriber_numbers]] - use an additional PBX and GW-interfaces to map subscriber numbers to internal extensions&lt;br /&gt;
*separate Node with CFU&#039;s - use an additional Node for CFU&#039;s with Trunk Object and activated &#039;&#039;Discard received diverting No&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Tools=&lt;br /&gt;
*Online Calculator of bytes on String - https://mothereff.in/byte-counter&lt;br /&gt;
** please consider: A single character can use 1 to 4 bytes. It depends on the character. (Eg. the most chars use 1 byte, german umlauts use 2 bytes)&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Gbe</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://wiki.innovaphone.com/index.php?title=Howto:Config_size_Limitations&amp;diff=59883</id>
		<title>Howto:Config size Limitations</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://wiki.innovaphone.com/index.php?title=Howto:Config_size_Limitations&amp;diff=59883"/>
		<updated>2021-09-07T09:55:03Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Gbe: /* PBX Group */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&amp;lt;!-- Keywords: config line size lenght length configline alias maximum number max config conf line relay maximum characters maps routes how many routes maximum routes maximum maps limitations restrictions --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Limitations=&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Sometimes, in large scenarios, there are configurations that can exceed some limits. This is to be considered in a concept planning.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
In most cases, problems with the limitations are simple conceptual errors and can be resolved by a different configuration.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If you have any problems with the concept development, or problems with understanding, please feel free to contact [mailto:presales-at-innovaphone-dot-com our presales team]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Whole Configuration File==&lt;br /&gt;
* the total length of each line must not exceed the following size:&lt;br /&gt;
:* 32kB in V13r1 and higher&lt;br /&gt;
:* 20kB in V12r1, V12r2&lt;br /&gt;
:* &amp;amp;nbsp;&amp;amp;nbsp;8kB in v11r2 and lower&lt;br /&gt;
* the number of whitespace separated strings (words) on each config line must not exceed 1024&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Gateway layer==&lt;br /&gt;
* the total size of &amp;quot;config change&amp;quot; commands must not exceed 29kB&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Interfaces==&lt;br /&gt;
* No more than 32 alias entries are allowed on one Gatekeeper/Registrar interface.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==VARS==&lt;br /&gt;
* Amount of 64kB flash segments to store [[Concept_Flash_Directory|VARS]] in the configuration.&lt;br /&gt;
** 2 segments on Gateways&lt;br /&gt;
** 10 segments on IPVA&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==PBX Object==&lt;br /&gt;
* Maximum Hardware IDs on a PBX Object:&lt;br /&gt;
:* 10 in V13r1 and higher&lt;br /&gt;
:* &amp;amp;nbsp;&amp;amp;nbsp;6 in V12r2 and lower&lt;br /&gt;
* No more than 32 conditions (only/only not) in a single CFx are possible&lt;br /&gt;
:If more conditions are needed, we recommend moving the logic to an external XML script that interprets the CGPN and forwards the call if necessary. See [http://wiki.innovaphone.com/index.php?title=Category:Sample sample scripts]&lt;br /&gt;
* Maximum size of a single xml attribute:&lt;br /&gt;
:* 32kB in V13r1 and higher&lt;br /&gt;
:* &amp;amp;nbsp;&amp;amp;nbsp;4kB in V12r2 and lower&lt;br /&gt;
* User specific myApps homescreen configuration: 8KB&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== PBX Group ==&lt;br /&gt;
* Maximum limitation is 2048 Objects in a group&lt;br /&gt;
* Maximum limitation for the group name is 31 character&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Weak Scenarios and better Solutions=&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Many Routes and Number Mappings in the routing engine==&lt;br /&gt;
It is not recommended to create very large configurations in the routing engine.&lt;br /&gt;
Instead, we recommend an assessment of the necessary concept and a sustainable solution.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Examples:&lt;br /&gt;
*[[Course12:Advanced_-_E164_PBX_Setups|E164 Setup]] - use global structured numbering plan&lt;br /&gt;
*[[Howto:Create_an_ACD_Routepoint_with_external_Call_Distribution_Logic|Howto: external ACD Routepoint logic]] - use external call-distribution logic via Vociemail Object&lt;br /&gt;
*[[Howto:Central_SIP_trunk_with_multiple_subscriber_numbers]] - use an additional PBX and GW-interfaces to map subscriber numbers to internal extensions&lt;br /&gt;
*separate Node with CFU&#039;s - use an additional Node for CFU&#039;s with Trunk Object and activated &#039;&#039;Discard received diverting No&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Tools=&lt;br /&gt;
*Online Calculator of bytes on String - https://mothereff.in/byte-counter&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Gbe</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://wiki.innovaphone.com/index.php?title=Howto:Config_size_Limitations&amp;diff=58395</id>
		<title>Howto:Config size Limitations</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://wiki.innovaphone.com/index.php?title=Howto:Config_size_Limitations&amp;diff=58395"/>
		<updated>2021-04-07T09:36:51Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Gbe: /* Hole Configuration File */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&amp;lt;!-- Keywords: config line size lenght length configline alias maximum number max config conf line relay maximum characters maps routes how many routes maximum routes maximum maps limitations restrictions --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Limitations=&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Sometimes, in large scenarios, there are configurations that can exceed some limits. This is to be considered in a concept planning.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
In most cases, problems with the limitations are simple conceptual errors and can be resolved by a different configuration.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If you have any problems with the concept development, or problems with understanding, please feel free to contact [mailto:presales-at-innovaphone-dot-com our presales team]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Whole Configuration File==&lt;br /&gt;
* the total length of each line must not exceed the following size:&lt;br /&gt;
:* 32kB in V13r1 and higher&lt;br /&gt;
:* 20kB in V12r1, V12r2&lt;br /&gt;
:* &amp;amp;nbsp;&amp;amp;nbsp;8kB in v11r2 and lower&lt;br /&gt;
* the number of whitespace separated strings (words) on each config line must not exceed 1024&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Gateway layer==&lt;br /&gt;
* the total size of &amp;quot;config change&amp;quot; commands must not exceed 29kB&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Interfaces==&lt;br /&gt;
* No more than 32 alias entries are allowed on one Gatekeeper/Registrar interface.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==VARS==&lt;br /&gt;
* Amount of 64kB flash segments to store [[Concept_Flash_Directory|VARS]] in the configuration.&lt;br /&gt;
** 2 segments on Gateways&lt;br /&gt;
** 10 segments on IPVA&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==PBX Objects==&lt;br /&gt;
* Maximum Hardware IDs on a PBX Object:&lt;br /&gt;
:* 10 in V13r1 and higher&lt;br /&gt;
:* &amp;amp;nbsp;&amp;amp;nbsp;6 in V12r2 and lower&lt;br /&gt;
* No more than 32 conditions (only/only not) in a single CFx are possible&lt;br /&gt;
:If more conditions are needed, we recommend moving the logic to an external XML script that interprets the CGPN and forwards the call if necessary. See [http://wiki.innovaphone.com/index.php?title=Category:Sample sample scripts]&lt;br /&gt;
* Maximum size of a single xml attribute:&lt;br /&gt;
:* 32kB in V13r1 and higher&lt;br /&gt;
:* &amp;amp;nbsp;&amp;amp;nbsp;4kB in V12r2 and lower&lt;br /&gt;
* User specific myApps homescreen configuration: 8KB&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Weak Scenarios and better Solutions=&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Many Routes and Number Mappings in the routing engine==&lt;br /&gt;
It is not recommended to create very large configurations in the routing engine.&lt;br /&gt;
Instead, we recommend an assessment of the necessary concept and a sustainable solution.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Examples:&lt;br /&gt;
*[[Course12:Advanced_-_E164_PBX_Setups|E164 Setup]] - use global structured numbering plan&lt;br /&gt;
*[[Howto:Create_an_ACD_Routepoint_with_external_Call_Distribution_Logic|Howto: external ACD Routepoint logic]] - use external call-distribution logic via Vociemail Object&lt;br /&gt;
*[[Howto:Central_SIP_trunk_with_multiple_subscriber_numbers]] - use an additional PBX and GW-interfaces to map subscriber numbers to internal extensions&lt;br /&gt;
*separate Node with CFU&#039;s - use an additional Node for CFU&#039;s with Trunk Object and activated &#039;&#039;Discard received diverting No&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Tools=&lt;br /&gt;
*Online Calculator of bytes on String - https://mothereff.in/byte-counter&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Gbe</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://wiki.innovaphone.com/index.php?title=Howto:Config_size_Limitations&amp;diff=58394</id>
		<title>Howto:Config size Limitations</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://wiki.innovaphone.com/index.php?title=Howto:Config_size_Limitations&amp;diff=58394"/>
		<updated>2021-04-07T09:35:34Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Gbe: /* Global */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&amp;lt;!-- Keywords: config line size lenght length configline alias maximum number max config conf line relay maximum characters maps routes how many routes maximum routes maximum maps limitations restrictions --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Limitations=&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Sometimes, in large scenarios, there are configurations that can exceed some limits. This is to be considered in a concept planning.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
In most cases, problems with the limitations are simple conceptual errors and can be resolved by a different configuration.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If you have any problems with the concept development, or problems with understanding, please feel free to contact [mailto:presales-at-innovaphone-dot-com our presales team]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Hole Configuration File==&lt;br /&gt;
* the total length of each line must not exceed the following size:&lt;br /&gt;
:* 32kB in V13r1 and higher&lt;br /&gt;
:* 20kB in V12r1, V12r2&lt;br /&gt;
:* &amp;amp;nbsp;&amp;amp;nbsp;8kB in v11r2 and lower&lt;br /&gt;
* the number of whitespace separated strings (words) on each config line must not exceed 1024&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Gateway layer==&lt;br /&gt;
* the total size of &amp;quot;config change&amp;quot; commands must not exceed 29kB&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Interfaces==&lt;br /&gt;
* No more than 32 alias entries are allowed on one Gatekeeper/Registrar interface.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==VARS==&lt;br /&gt;
* Amount of 64kB flash segments to store [[Concept_Flash_Directory|VARS]] in the configuration.&lt;br /&gt;
** 2 segments on Gateways&lt;br /&gt;
** 10 segments on IPVA&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==PBX Objects==&lt;br /&gt;
* Maximum Hardware IDs on a PBX Object:&lt;br /&gt;
:* 10 in V13r1 and higher&lt;br /&gt;
:* &amp;amp;nbsp;&amp;amp;nbsp;6 in V12r2 and lower&lt;br /&gt;
* No more than 32 conditions (only/only not) in a single CFx are possible&lt;br /&gt;
:If more conditions are needed, we recommend moving the logic to an external XML script that interprets the CGPN and forwards the call if necessary. See [http://wiki.innovaphone.com/index.php?title=Category:Sample sample scripts]&lt;br /&gt;
* Maximum size of a single xml attribute:&lt;br /&gt;
:* 32kB in V13r1 and higher&lt;br /&gt;
:* &amp;amp;nbsp;&amp;amp;nbsp;4kB in V12r2 and lower&lt;br /&gt;
* User specific myApps homescreen configuration: 8KB&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Weak Scenarios and better Solutions=&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Many Routes and Number Mappings in the routing engine==&lt;br /&gt;
It is not recommended to create very large configurations in the routing engine.&lt;br /&gt;
Instead, we recommend an assessment of the necessary concept and a sustainable solution.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Examples:&lt;br /&gt;
*[[Course12:Advanced_-_E164_PBX_Setups|E164 Setup]] - use global structured numbering plan&lt;br /&gt;
*[[Howto:Create_an_ACD_Routepoint_with_external_Call_Distribution_Logic|Howto: external ACD Routepoint logic]] - use external call-distribution logic via Vociemail Object&lt;br /&gt;
*[[Howto:Central_SIP_trunk_with_multiple_subscriber_numbers]] - use an additional PBX and GW-interfaces to map subscriber numbers to internal extensions&lt;br /&gt;
*separate Node with CFU&#039;s - use an additional Node for CFU&#039;s with Trunk Object and activated &#039;&#039;Discard received diverting No&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Tools=&lt;br /&gt;
*Online Calculator of bytes on String - https://mothereff.in/byte-counter&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Gbe</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://wiki.innovaphone.com/index.php?title=Reference12r2:Gateway/Interfaces/SIP&amp;diff=54258</id>
		<title>Reference12r2:Gateway/Interfaces/SIP</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://wiki.innovaphone.com/index.php?title=Reference12r2:Gateway/Interfaces/SIP&amp;diff=54258"/>
		<updated>2019-11-26T12:56:13Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Gbe: /* Media Properties */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;== SIP Registration section ==&lt;br /&gt;
The entry fields for a &#039;&#039;&#039;SIP registration&#039;&#039;&#039; are:&lt;br /&gt;
{|&lt;br /&gt;
|valign=top nowrap=true|&#039;&#039;&#039;Name&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|Descriptive name for this registration.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|valign=top nowrap=true|&#039;&#039;&#039;Disable&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|A switch to temporarily disable this interface without deleting the configuration.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|valign=top nowrap=true|&#039;&#039;&#039;Type&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
*Provider: Creates a registration at a remote SIP server (of a SIP provider)&lt;br /&gt;
*Open Federation: SIP/TLS interface without registration used to send and receive calls to federation partners.&lt;br /&gt;
*Closed Federation: Like &#039;Open Federation&#039; but even more restricted to pre-configured set of federation partners. In the &#039;Closed Federation&#039; mode, the DNS queries for resolving the domain name of the federation partner are made without the &#039;&#039;&#039;Recursion Desired&#039;&#039;&#039; (RD) Flag. This means only DNS entries configured on the local DNS server are resolved, so the list of the partners for &#039;Closed Federation&#039; must be maintained on the local DNS server.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|valign=top nowrap=true|&#039;&#039;&#039;Transport&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
*UDP: SIP signaling using UDP as transport protocol (RFC 3261).&lt;br /&gt;
*TCP: SIP signaling using TCP as transport protocol (RFC 3261).&lt;br /&gt;
*TLS: SIP signaling using TLS as transport protocol (RFC 3261). [[Howto:Security works with innovaphone]]&lt;br /&gt;
*Without registration: By default sip trunks are using with registration. Can be disabled here.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|valign=top nowrap=true|&#039;&#039;&#039;AOR&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|Address of Record: SIP-URI used to register. Enter the registration ID followed by the SIP provider domain name (for example 8111111e0@sipgate.de or 8111111e0@x.x.x.x:5080 if you need to use the IP-address and a different Port number).&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|valign=top nowrap=true|&#039;&#039;&#039;Local Hostname&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|The Local Domain for SIP Federation enables to select the TLS Certificate according to the Domain Name. On the incoming SIP calls the host part of the URI is removed if equals with the Local Domain configured here, and the user part is used as Name (H323-ID) or Number (E164).&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|valign=top nowrap=true|&#039;&#039;&#039;Local Port&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|The local source port for SIP signalling can be configured here. If its empty a random port will be used. &#039;&#039;Dont use the same static port on multiple SIP Accounts!&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|valign=top nowrap=true|&#039;&#039;&#039;Proxy&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|DNS name or IP address of the SIP proxy where SIP messages (REGISTER,INVITE,etc) are to be sent to. Proxy can be omitted if domain part of AOR can be used as remote signaling destination. (append &amp;quot;:&amp;lt;port&amp;gt;&amp;quot; if you need a different destination Port)&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|valign=top nowrap=true|&#039;&#039;&#039;STUN Server&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|The STUN servers to use.  See [[{{NAMESPACE}}:IP4/General/STUN | STUN]] for details regarding the format. &lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Authorization ==&lt;br /&gt;
Username and password for authorization. Username can be omitted if equal to userpart of AOR.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Media Properties ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The configuration of the media properties is evaluated for calls from/to this interface to/from a physical (ISDN, analog, TEST, ...) only. If media relay is active for a call using this interface an &#039;exclusive&#039; coder config is used to prohibit the use of any other coder. This &#039;exclusive code media-relay&#039; config can be used to solve interop problems with other equipment which does not support media renegotiation, because with this config no media renegotiation will be performed.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For more information see [[{{NAMESPACE}}:Gateway/Interfaces/Media_Properties | Media Properties]] and [[Howto:Security works with innovaphone]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== SIP Interop Tweaks ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{|&lt;br /&gt;
|valign=top nowrap=true|&#039;&#039;&#039;Proposed Registration Interval&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|Set in seconds, default is 120 seconds&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|valign=top nowrap=true|&#039;&#039;&#039;Accept INVITE&#039;s from Anywhere&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|If disabled, registered interfaces will reject INVITE&#039;s not coming from the SIP server with &amp;quot;305 Use Proxy&amp;quot;.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|valign=top nowrap=true|&#039;&#039;&#039;Enforce Sending Complete&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|Affects handling of &amp;quot;484 Address Incomplete&amp;quot; responses. If enabled and &amp;quot;484 Address Incomplete&amp;quot; is received, the call is cleared. If not enabled and &amp;quot;484 Address Incomplete&amp;quot; is received, the call is retained and re-initiated in case of new dialing digits.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|valign=top nowrap=true|&#039;&#039;&#039;No Video&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|Removes Video Capabilities from outgoing media offer.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--&lt;br /&gt;
|valign=top nowrap=true|&#039;&#039;&#039;No Early Media&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|Ignore any SDP answer received before final connect response.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|valign=top nowrap=true|&#039;&#039;&#039;No Inband Information on Error&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|Controls interworking of Q.931 DISC message. If this option is set, DISC message is always interworked into BYE request.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|valign=top nowrap=true|&#039;&#039;&#039;No Inband Disconnect&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|TBD.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|valign=top nowrap=true|&#039;&#039;&#039;No Remote Hold Signaling&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|Disables interworking of &amp;quot;inactive&amp;quot; into RemoteHold (affects connected SIP calls only).&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|valign=top nowrap=true|&#039;&#039;&#039;Take Refer-To URI as Remote Target URI&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|TBD.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|valign=top nowrap=true|&#039;&#039;&#039;To Header when Sending INVITE&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|Affects only outgoing diverted calls . &#039;&#039;&#039;Called Party&#039;&#039;&#039;: If set we write CDPN into To header of outgoing INVITE (and DGPN into History-Info header). &#039;&#039;&#039;Original Called Party&#039;&#039;&#039;: If set we write the DGPN into To header of outgoing INVITE (and CDPN into Request-URI).&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|valign=top nowrap=true|&#039;&#039;&#039;From Header when Sending INVITE&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|Controls the local URI (From header) of outgoing calls. Applys to registered interfaces only. &#039;&#039;&#039;Fixed AOR&#039;&#039;&#039;: Fixed AOR is used as From-URI regardless of the actual calling party number. &#039;&#039;&#039;AOR with CGPN as Display&#039;&#039;&#039;: Fixed AOR is used as From-URI and calling party number is added as display string. &#039;&#039;&#039;CGPN in user part of URI&#039;&#039;&#039;: Variable From-URI with actual calling party number.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|valign=top nowrap=true|&#039;&#039;&#039;Identity Header when Sending INVITE&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|Controls the identity header (P-Preferred-Identity, P-Asserted-Identity and Remote-Party-Id) sent on outgoing calls&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;CGPN in user part of URI&#039;&#039;&#039;: Variable Identity-URI with actual calling party number &lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Fixed AOR&#039;&#039;&#039;: Fixed AOR is used as Identity-URI regardless of the actual calling party number&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;UUI&#039;&#039;&#039;: the relayed call must include &#039;&#039;user-to-user-info&#039;&#039; (UUI). This UUI is used as Identity-URI.  In the UUI, the string &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;{initiator}&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt; is replaced by the the call&#039;s &#039;&#039;diversion-info&#039;&#039; (a.k.a. &#039;&#039;leg-2-info&#039;&#039;) if available or the calling party number otherwise&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|valign=top nowrap=true|&#039;&#039;&#039;Reliability of Provisional Responses&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|Controls the support of PRACK (RFC-3262). &#039;&#039;&#039;Supported&#039;&#039;&#039;: Supported as optional extension. &#039;&#039;&#039;Required&#039;&#039;&#039;: Required as mandatory extension. &#039;&#039;&#039;Disabled&#039;&#039;&#039;: Hide support for PRACK extension.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|valign=top nowrap=true|&#039;&#039;&#039;Advanced&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|Allows the configuration of additional, not further documented, interop tweaks(e.g. /pai on). The same tweaks can be configured also globally(i.e. not for this SIP-Interface) at the SIP(or TSIP/SIPS)-module. Any tweaks configured at the SIP-Interface will overwrite globally configured tweaks.&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== More frequently used &#039;&#039;Advanced&#039;&#039; Parameters ===&lt;br /&gt;
There are some options which influence the stack behaviour to handle ambiguities in the SIP standard:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
; /pai on  : send identity URI in &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;P-Asserted-Identity&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt; header. By default, it is sent in the &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;P-Asserted-Identity&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt; header for calls from the PBX to the endpoint, in the &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;P-Preferred-Identity&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt; header otherwise&lt;br /&gt;
; /ppi on : send identity URI in &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;P-Preferred-Identity&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt; header &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Other options are available which instruct the stack to use non-standard or deprecated behaviour.  Note that this should only be used in rare cases.  Better have the vendor of your 3rd party SIP equipment fix its stack implementation:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
; /send-deprecated-diversion-header on : send call history information in the deprecated &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;Diversion&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt; header in addition to the &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;History-Info&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt; header &lt;br /&gt;
; /single-audio-description : don&#039;t send SAVP+AVP, but SAVP or AVP media description in SDP&lt;br /&gt;
; /disable-digest-replay-check on : disables safeguard against replay attacks&lt;br /&gt;
; /no-authentication-info : don&#039;t send &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;Authentication-Info&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt; header in REGISTER response&lt;br /&gt;
; /take-sendonly-as-inactive on : some endpoints use &#039;&#039;sendonly&#039;&#039; instead of &#039;&#039;inactive&#039;&#039; &lt;br /&gt;
; /take-zero-addr-for-hold  : some endpoints use a null IP address (such as in &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;c=IN IP4 0.0.0.0&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt;) as request for hold in SDP&lt;br /&gt;
; /send-no-historyinfo : don&#039;t send call history information (i.e. call forward) in outgoing Invite&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Extra Options ===&lt;br /&gt;
{{3rd_Party_Input}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Disable Interworking of Hold Notifications to SIP Provider ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
During the tests we concluded that when interworking the hold-notify message to SIP and sending to the SIP Provider two consecutive Re-Invites with &amp;quot;send-only&amp;quot; attributes, the IMS platform replies to the second re-invite with &amp;quot;inactive&amp;quot;. By doing so this call is put on hold without any Music on Hold - just silence.&lt;br /&gt;
To avoid this behaviour we need to disable the interworking of the hold-notify message by this setting: &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
 !config add SIP /no-hr-notify  (Alternative: TSIP / SIPS)&lt;br /&gt;
 !config write&lt;br /&gt;
 !config activate&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== SIP Options Interval (Optional) ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Some Provider uses SIP Options to monitor the SIP Trunks, so it&#039;s mandatory that Innovaphone replies to incoming SIP Options received. This is done by default. Additionally we can also send SIP Options to the SIP Proxy and have similar mechanism for redundancy. If the remote Proxy doesn&#039;t reply to outgoing SIP Options, the Innovaphone Gateway will send the call to the next interface. To enable sending of Options - messages, the following setting must be done:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
 !config add SIP /options-interval 30  (Alternative: TSIP / SIPS)&lt;br /&gt;
 !config write&lt;br /&gt;
 !config activate&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Remove Comfort Noise (CN) Capability from SDP ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
During the tests we found out that some specific 3rd party devices connected to the IMS network support only a single coder/payload in the offer. When doing the coder negotiation, this devices repeat the coder negotiation until they have only 1 coder in the offer or until they reach a specific number of retries. Since Innovaphone by default always include the payload 13 (Comfort Noise) in addition to the used voice coder/payload, this would make the remote device to do multiple re-invites to try to reach the single coder/payload in the offer.&lt;br /&gt;
To avoid unnecessary signalling, we should disable the sending of Comfort Noise capability.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
 !config add SIP /rem-cn-capability  (Alternative: TSIP / SIPS)&lt;br /&gt;
 !config write&lt;br /&gt;
 !config activate&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Setting of P-Asserted ID instead of P-Preferred ID ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When using the feature of ReRouting the call (SIP 302 Move Temporary) to the SIP Trunk, the IMS platform checks the P-Asserted ID setting. By default we send as P-Preferred ID instead, so that will not work. As a result, we need to configure the following setting:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
 !config add SIP /pai  (Alternative: TSIP / SIPS)&lt;br /&gt;
 !config write&lt;br /&gt;
 !config activate&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Gbe</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://wiki.innovaphone.com/index.php?title=Reference12r2:Gateway/Interfaces/SIP&amp;diff=54257</id>
		<title>Reference12r2:Gateway/Interfaces/SIP</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://wiki.innovaphone.com/index.php?title=Reference12r2:Gateway/Interfaces/SIP&amp;diff=54257"/>
		<updated>2019-11-26T12:55:46Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Gbe: /* Media Properties */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;== SIP Registration section ==&lt;br /&gt;
The entry fields for a &#039;&#039;&#039;SIP registration&#039;&#039;&#039; are:&lt;br /&gt;
{|&lt;br /&gt;
|valign=top nowrap=true|&#039;&#039;&#039;Name&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|Descriptive name for this registration.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|valign=top nowrap=true|&#039;&#039;&#039;Disable&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|A switch to temporarily disable this interface without deleting the configuration.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|valign=top nowrap=true|&#039;&#039;&#039;Type&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
*Provider: Creates a registration at a remote SIP server (of a SIP provider)&lt;br /&gt;
*Open Federation: SIP/TLS interface without registration used to send and receive calls to federation partners.&lt;br /&gt;
*Closed Federation: Like &#039;Open Federation&#039; but even more restricted to pre-configured set of federation partners. In the &#039;Closed Federation&#039; mode, the DNS queries for resolving the domain name of the federation partner are made without the &#039;&#039;&#039;Recursion Desired&#039;&#039;&#039; (RD) Flag. This means only DNS entries configured on the local DNS server are resolved, so the list of the partners for &#039;Closed Federation&#039; must be maintained on the local DNS server.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|valign=top nowrap=true|&#039;&#039;&#039;Transport&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
*UDP: SIP signaling using UDP as transport protocol (RFC 3261).&lt;br /&gt;
*TCP: SIP signaling using TCP as transport protocol (RFC 3261).&lt;br /&gt;
*TLS: SIP signaling using TLS as transport protocol (RFC 3261). [[Howto:Security works with innovaphone]]&lt;br /&gt;
*Without registration: By default sip trunks are using with registration. Can be disabled here.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|valign=top nowrap=true|&#039;&#039;&#039;AOR&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|Address of Record: SIP-URI used to register. Enter the registration ID followed by the SIP provider domain name (for example 8111111e0@sipgate.de or 8111111e0@x.x.x.x:5080 if you need to use the IP-address and a different Port number).&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|valign=top nowrap=true|&#039;&#039;&#039;Local Hostname&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|The Local Domain for SIP Federation enables to select the TLS Certificate according to the Domain Name. On the incoming SIP calls the host part of the URI is removed if equals with the Local Domain configured here, and the user part is used as Name (H323-ID) or Number (E164).&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|valign=top nowrap=true|&#039;&#039;&#039;Local Port&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|The local source port for SIP signalling can be configured here. If its empty a random port will be used. &#039;&#039;Dont use the same static port on multiple SIP Accounts!&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|valign=top nowrap=true|&#039;&#039;&#039;Proxy&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|DNS name or IP address of the SIP proxy where SIP messages (REGISTER,INVITE,etc) are to be sent to. Proxy can be omitted if domain part of AOR can be used as remote signaling destination. (append &amp;quot;:&amp;lt;port&amp;gt;&amp;quot; if you need a different destination Port)&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|valign=top nowrap=true|&#039;&#039;&#039;STUN Server&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|The STUN servers to use.  See [[{{NAMESPACE}}:IP4/General/STUN | STUN]] for details regarding the format. &lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Authorization ==&lt;br /&gt;
Username and password for authorization. Username can be omitted if equal to userpart of AOR.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Media Properties ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The configuration of the media properties is evaluated for calls from/to this interface to/from a physical (ISDN, analog, TEST, ...) only. If media relay is active for a call using this interface an &#039;exclusive&#039; coder config is used to prohibit the use of any other coder. This &#039;exclusive code media-relay&#039; config can be used to solve interop problems with other equipment which does not support media renegotiation, because with this config no media renegotiation will be performed.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For more information see [[{{NAMESPACE}}:Gateway/Interfaces/Media_Properties | Media Properties]] [[Howto:Security works with innovaphone]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== SIP Interop Tweaks ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{|&lt;br /&gt;
|valign=top nowrap=true|&#039;&#039;&#039;Proposed Registration Interval&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|Set in seconds, default is 120 seconds&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|valign=top nowrap=true|&#039;&#039;&#039;Accept INVITE&#039;s from Anywhere&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|If disabled, registered interfaces will reject INVITE&#039;s not coming from the SIP server with &amp;quot;305 Use Proxy&amp;quot;.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|valign=top nowrap=true|&#039;&#039;&#039;Enforce Sending Complete&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|Affects handling of &amp;quot;484 Address Incomplete&amp;quot; responses. If enabled and &amp;quot;484 Address Incomplete&amp;quot; is received, the call is cleared. If not enabled and &amp;quot;484 Address Incomplete&amp;quot; is received, the call is retained and re-initiated in case of new dialing digits.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|valign=top nowrap=true|&#039;&#039;&#039;No Video&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|Removes Video Capabilities from outgoing media offer.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--&lt;br /&gt;
|valign=top nowrap=true|&#039;&#039;&#039;No Early Media&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|Ignore any SDP answer received before final connect response.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|valign=top nowrap=true|&#039;&#039;&#039;No Inband Information on Error&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|Controls interworking of Q.931 DISC message. If this option is set, DISC message is always interworked into BYE request.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|valign=top nowrap=true|&#039;&#039;&#039;No Inband Disconnect&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|TBD.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|valign=top nowrap=true|&#039;&#039;&#039;No Remote Hold Signaling&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|Disables interworking of &amp;quot;inactive&amp;quot; into RemoteHold (affects connected SIP calls only).&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|valign=top nowrap=true|&#039;&#039;&#039;Take Refer-To URI as Remote Target URI&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|TBD.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|valign=top nowrap=true|&#039;&#039;&#039;To Header when Sending INVITE&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|Affects only outgoing diverted calls . &#039;&#039;&#039;Called Party&#039;&#039;&#039;: If set we write CDPN into To header of outgoing INVITE (and DGPN into History-Info header). &#039;&#039;&#039;Original Called Party&#039;&#039;&#039;: If set we write the DGPN into To header of outgoing INVITE (and CDPN into Request-URI).&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|valign=top nowrap=true|&#039;&#039;&#039;From Header when Sending INVITE&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|Controls the local URI (From header) of outgoing calls. Applys to registered interfaces only. &#039;&#039;&#039;Fixed AOR&#039;&#039;&#039;: Fixed AOR is used as From-URI regardless of the actual calling party number. &#039;&#039;&#039;AOR with CGPN as Display&#039;&#039;&#039;: Fixed AOR is used as From-URI and calling party number is added as display string. &#039;&#039;&#039;CGPN in user part of URI&#039;&#039;&#039;: Variable From-URI with actual calling party number.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|valign=top nowrap=true|&#039;&#039;&#039;Identity Header when Sending INVITE&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|Controls the identity header (P-Preferred-Identity, P-Asserted-Identity and Remote-Party-Id) sent on outgoing calls&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;CGPN in user part of URI&#039;&#039;&#039;: Variable Identity-URI with actual calling party number &lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Fixed AOR&#039;&#039;&#039;: Fixed AOR is used as Identity-URI regardless of the actual calling party number&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;UUI&#039;&#039;&#039;: the relayed call must include &#039;&#039;user-to-user-info&#039;&#039; (UUI). This UUI is used as Identity-URI.  In the UUI, the string &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;{initiator}&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt; is replaced by the the call&#039;s &#039;&#039;diversion-info&#039;&#039; (a.k.a. &#039;&#039;leg-2-info&#039;&#039;) if available or the calling party number otherwise&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|valign=top nowrap=true|&#039;&#039;&#039;Reliability of Provisional Responses&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|Controls the support of PRACK (RFC-3262). &#039;&#039;&#039;Supported&#039;&#039;&#039;: Supported as optional extension. &#039;&#039;&#039;Required&#039;&#039;&#039;: Required as mandatory extension. &#039;&#039;&#039;Disabled&#039;&#039;&#039;: Hide support for PRACK extension.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|valign=top nowrap=true|&#039;&#039;&#039;Advanced&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|Allows the configuration of additional, not further documented, interop tweaks(e.g. /pai on). The same tweaks can be configured also globally(i.e. not for this SIP-Interface) at the SIP(or TSIP/SIPS)-module. Any tweaks configured at the SIP-Interface will overwrite globally configured tweaks.&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== More frequently used &#039;&#039;Advanced&#039;&#039; Parameters ===&lt;br /&gt;
There are some options which influence the stack behaviour to handle ambiguities in the SIP standard:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
; /pai on  : send identity URI in &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;P-Asserted-Identity&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt; header. By default, it is sent in the &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;P-Asserted-Identity&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt; header for calls from the PBX to the endpoint, in the &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;P-Preferred-Identity&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt; header otherwise&lt;br /&gt;
; /ppi on : send identity URI in &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;P-Preferred-Identity&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt; header &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Other options are available which instruct the stack to use non-standard or deprecated behaviour.  Note that this should only be used in rare cases.  Better have the vendor of your 3rd party SIP equipment fix its stack implementation:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
; /send-deprecated-diversion-header on : send call history information in the deprecated &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;Diversion&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt; header in addition to the &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;History-Info&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt; header &lt;br /&gt;
; /single-audio-description : don&#039;t send SAVP+AVP, but SAVP or AVP media description in SDP&lt;br /&gt;
; /disable-digest-replay-check on : disables safeguard against replay attacks&lt;br /&gt;
; /no-authentication-info : don&#039;t send &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;Authentication-Info&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt; header in REGISTER response&lt;br /&gt;
; /take-sendonly-as-inactive on : some endpoints use &#039;&#039;sendonly&#039;&#039; instead of &#039;&#039;inactive&#039;&#039; &lt;br /&gt;
; /take-zero-addr-for-hold  : some endpoints use a null IP address (such as in &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;c=IN IP4 0.0.0.0&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt;) as request for hold in SDP&lt;br /&gt;
; /send-no-historyinfo : don&#039;t send call history information (i.e. call forward) in outgoing Invite&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Extra Options ===&lt;br /&gt;
{{3rd_Party_Input}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Disable Interworking of Hold Notifications to SIP Provider ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
During the tests we concluded that when interworking the hold-notify message to SIP and sending to the SIP Provider two consecutive Re-Invites with &amp;quot;send-only&amp;quot; attributes, the IMS platform replies to the second re-invite with &amp;quot;inactive&amp;quot;. By doing so this call is put on hold without any Music on Hold - just silence.&lt;br /&gt;
To avoid this behaviour we need to disable the interworking of the hold-notify message by this setting: &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
 !config add SIP /no-hr-notify  (Alternative: TSIP / SIPS)&lt;br /&gt;
 !config write&lt;br /&gt;
 !config activate&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== SIP Options Interval (Optional) ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Some Provider uses SIP Options to monitor the SIP Trunks, so it&#039;s mandatory that Innovaphone replies to incoming SIP Options received. This is done by default. Additionally we can also send SIP Options to the SIP Proxy and have similar mechanism for redundancy. If the remote Proxy doesn&#039;t reply to outgoing SIP Options, the Innovaphone Gateway will send the call to the next interface. To enable sending of Options - messages, the following setting must be done:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
 !config add SIP /options-interval 30  (Alternative: TSIP / SIPS)&lt;br /&gt;
 !config write&lt;br /&gt;
 !config activate&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Remove Comfort Noise (CN) Capability from SDP ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
During the tests we found out that some specific 3rd party devices connected to the IMS network support only a single coder/payload in the offer. When doing the coder negotiation, this devices repeat the coder negotiation until they have only 1 coder in the offer or until they reach a specific number of retries. Since Innovaphone by default always include the payload 13 (Comfort Noise) in addition to the used voice coder/payload, this would make the remote device to do multiple re-invites to try to reach the single coder/payload in the offer.&lt;br /&gt;
To avoid unnecessary signalling, we should disable the sending of Comfort Noise capability.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
 !config add SIP /rem-cn-capability  (Alternative: TSIP / SIPS)&lt;br /&gt;
 !config write&lt;br /&gt;
 !config activate&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Setting of P-Asserted ID instead of P-Preferred ID ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When using the feature of ReRouting the call (SIP 302 Move Temporary) to the SIP Trunk, the IMS platform checks the P-Asserted ID setting. By default we send as P-Preferred ID instead, so that will not work. As a result, we need to configure the following setting:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
 !config add SIP /pai  (Alternative: TSIP / SIPS)&lt;br /&gt;
 !config write&lt;br /&gt;
 !config activate&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Gbe</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://wiki.innovaphone.com/index.php?title=Reference12r2:Gateway/Interfaces/SIP&amp;diff=54256</id>
		<title>Reference12r2:Gateway/Interfaces/SIP</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://wiki.innovaphone.com/index.php?title=Reference12r2:Gateway/Interfaces/SIP&amp;diff=54256"/>
		<updated>2019-11-26T12:54:05Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Gbe: /* SIP Registration section */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;== SIP Registration section ==&lt;br /&gt;
The entry fields for a &#039;&#039;&#039;SIP registration&#039;&#039;&#039; are:&lt;br /&gt;
{|&lt;br /&gt;
|valign=top nowrap=true|&#039;&#039;&#039;Name&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|Descriptive name for this registration.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|valign=top nowrap=true|&#039;&#039;&#039;Disable&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|A switch to temporarily disable this interface without deleting the configuration.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|valign=top nowrap=true|&#039;&#039;&#039;Type&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
*Provider: Creates a registration at a remote SIP server (of a SIP provider)&lt;br /&gt;
*Open Federation: SIP/TLS interface without registration used to send and receive calls to federation partners.&lt;br /&gt;
*Closed Federation: Like &#039;Open Federation&#039; but even more restricted to pre-configured set of federation partners. In the &#039;Closed Federation&#039; mode, the DNS queries for resolving the domain name of the federation partner are made without the &#039;&#039;&#039;Recursion Desired&#039;&#039;&#039; (RD) Flag. This means only DNS entries configured on the local DNS server are resolved, so the list of the partners for &#039;Closed Federation&#039; must be maintained on the local DNS server.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|valign=top nowrap=true|&#039;&#039;&#039;Transport&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
*UDP: SIP signaling using UDP as transport protocol (RFC 3261).&lt;br /&gt;
*TCP: SIP signaling using TCP as transport protocol (RFC 3261).&lt;br /&gt;
*TLS: SIP signaling using TLS as transport protocol (RFC 3261). [[Howto:Security works with innovaphone]]&lt;br /&gt;
*Without registration: By default sip trunks are using with registration. Can be disabled here.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|valign=top nowrap=true|&#039;&#039;&#039;AOR&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|Address of Record: SIP-URI used to register. Enter the registration ID followed by the SIP provider domain name (for example 8111111e0@sipgate.de or 8111111e0@x.x.x.x:5080 if you need to use the IP-address and a different Port number).&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|valign=top nowrap=true|&#039;&#039;&#039;Local Hostname&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|The Local Domain for SIP Federation enables to select the TLS Certificate according to the Domain Name. On the incoming SIP calls the host part of the URI is removed if equals with the Local Domain configured here, and the user part is used as Name (H323-ID) or Number (E164).&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|valign=top nowrap=true|&#039;&#039;&#039;Local Port&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|The local source port for SIP signalling can be configured here. If its empty a random port will be used. &#039;&#039;Dont use the same static port on multiple SIP Accounts!&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|valign=top nowrap=true|&#039;&#039;&#039;Proxy&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|DNS name or IP address of the SIP proxy where SIP messages (REGISTER,INVITE,etc) are to be sent to. Proxy can be omitted if domain part of AOR can be used as remote signaling destination. (append &amp;quot;:&amp;lt;port&amp;gt;&amp;quot; if you need a different destination Port)&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|valign=top nowrap=true|&#039;&#039;&#039;STUN Server&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|The STUN servers to use.  See [[{{NAMESPACE}}:IP4/General/STUN | STUN]] for details regarding the format. &lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Authorization ==&lt;br /&gt;
Username and password for authorization. Username can be omitted if equal to userpart of AOR.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Media Properties ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The configuration of the media properties is evaluated for calls from/to this interface to/from a physical (ISDN, analog, TEST, ...) only. If media relay is active for a call using this interface an &#039;exclusive&#039; coder config is used to prohibit the use of any other coder. This &#039;exclusive code media-relay&#039; config can be used to solve interop problems with other equipment which does not support media renegotiation, because with this config no media renegotiation will be performed.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For more information see [[{{NAMESPACE}}:Gateway/Interfaces/Media_Properties | Media Properties]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== SIP Interop Tweaks ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{|&lt;br /&gt;
|valign=top nowrap=true|&#039;&#039;&#039;Proposed Registration Interval&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|Set in seconds, default is 120 seconds&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|valign=top nowrap=true|&#039;&#039;&#039;Accept INVITE&#039;s from Anywhere&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|If disabled, registered interfaces will reject INVITE&#039;s not coming from the SIP server with &amp;quot;305 Use Proxy&amp;quot;.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|valign=top nowrap=true|&#039;&#039;&#039;Enforce Sending Complete&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|Affects handling of &amp;quot;484 Address Incomplete&amp;quot; responses. If enabled and &amp;quot;484 Address Incomplete&amp;quot; is received, the call is cleared. If not enabled and &amp;quot;484 Address Incomplete&amp;quot; is received, the call is retained and re-initiated in case of new dialing digits.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|valign=top nowrap=true|&#039;&#039;&#039;No Video&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|Removes Video Capabilities from outgoing media offer.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--&lt;br /&gt;
|valign=top nowrap=true|&#039;&#039;&#039;No Early Media&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|Ignore any SDP answer received before final connect response.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|valign=top nowrap=true|&#039;&#039;&#039;No Inband Information on Error&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|Controls interworking of Q.931 DISC message. If this option is set, DISC message is always interworked into BYE request.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|valign=top nowrap=true|&#039;&#039;&#039;No Inband Disconnect&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|TBD.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|valign=top nowrap=true|&#039;&#039;&#039;No Remote Hold Signaling&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|Disables interworking of &amp;quot;inactive&amp;quot; into RemoteHold (affects connected SIP calls only).&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|valign=top nowrap=true|&#039;&#039;&#039;Take Refer-To URI as Remote Target URI&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|TBD.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|valign=top nowrap=true|&#039;&#039;&#039;To Header when Sending INVITE&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|Affects only outgoing diverted calls . &#039;&#039;&#039;Called Party&#039;&#039;&#039;: If set we write CDPN into To header of outgoing INVITE (and DGPN into History-Info header). &#039;&#039;&#039;Original Called Party&#039;&#039;&#039;: If set we write the DGPN into To header of outgoing INVITE (and CDPN into Request-URI).&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|valign=top nowrap=true|&#039;&#039;&#039;From Header when Sending INVITE&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|Controls the local URI (From header) of outgoing calls. Applys to registered interfaces only. &#039;&#039;&#039;Fixed AOR&#039;&#039;&#039;: Fixed AOR is used as From-URI regardless of the actual calling party number. &#039;&#039;&#039;AOR with CGPN as Display&#039;&#039;&#039;: Fixed AOR is used as From-URI and calling party number is added as display string. &#039;&#039;&#039;CGPN in user part of URI&#039;&#039;&#039;: Variable From-URI with actual calling party number.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|valign=top nowrap=true|&#039;&#039;&#039;Identity Header when Sending INVITE&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|Controls the identity header (P-Preferred-Identity, P-Asserted-Identity and Remote-Party-Id) sent on outgoing calls&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;CGPN in user part of URI&#039;&#039;&#039;: Variable Identity-URI with actual calling party number &lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Fixed AOR&#039;&#039;&#039;: Fixed AOR is used as Identity-URI regardless of the actual calling party number&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;UUI&#039;&#039;&#039;: the relayed call must include &#039;&#039;user-to-user-info&#039;&#039; (UUI). This UUI is used as Identity-URI.  In the UUI, the string &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;{initiator}&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt; is replaced by the the call&#039;s &#039;&#039;diversion-info&#039;&#039; (a.k.a. &#039;&#039;leg-2-info&#039;&#039;) if available or the calling party number otherwise&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|valign=top nowrap=true|&#039;&#039;&#039;Reliability of Provisional Responses&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|Controls the support of PRACK (RFC-3262). &#039;&#039;&#039;Supported&#039;&#039;&#039;: Supported as optional extension. &#039;&#039;&#039;Required&#039;&#039;&#039;: Required as mandatory extension. &#039;&#039;&#039;Disabled&#039;&#039;&#039;: Hide support for PRACK extension.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|valign=top nowrap=true|&#039;&#039;&#039;Advanced&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|Allows the configuration of additional, not further documented, interop tweaks(e.g. /pai on). The same tweaks can be configured also globally(i.e. not for this SIP-Interface) at the SIP(or TSIP/SIPS)-module. Any tweaks configured at the SIP-Interface will overwrite globally configured tweaks.&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== More frequently used &#039;&#039;Advanced&#039;&#039; Parameters ===&lt;br /&gt;
There are some options which influence the stack behaviour to handle ambiguities in the SIP standard:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
; /pai on  : send identity URI in &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;P-Asserted-Identity&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt; header. By default, it is sent in the &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;P-Asserted-Identity&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt; header for calls from the PBX to the endpoint, in the &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;P-Preferred-Identity&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt; header otherwise&lt;br /&gt;
; /ppi on : send identity URI in &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;P-Preferred-Identity&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt; header &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Other options are available which instruct the stack to use non-standard or deprecated behaviour.  Note that this should only be used in rare cases.  Better have the vendor of your 3rd party SIP equipment fix its stack implementation:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
; /send-deprecated-diversion-header on : send call history information in the deprecated &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;Diversion&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt; header in addition to the &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;History-Info&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt; header &lt;br /&gt;
; /single-audio-description : don&#039;t send SAVP+AVP, but SAVP or AVP media description in SDP&lt;br /&gt;
; /disable-digest-replay-check on : disables safeguard against replay attacks&lt;br /&gt;
; /no-authentication-info : don&#039;t send &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;Authentication-Info&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt; header in REGISTER response&lt;br /&gt;
; /take-sendonly-as-inactive on : some endpoints use &#039;&#039;sendonly&#039;&#039; instead of &#039;&#039;inactive&#039;&#039; &lt;br /&gt;
; /take-zero-addr-for-hold  : some endpoints use a null IP address (such as in &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;c=IN IP4 0.0.0.0&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt;) as request for hold in SDP&lt;br /&gt;
; /send-no-historyinfo : don&#039;t send call history information (i.e. call forward) in outgoing Invite&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Extra Options ===&lt;br /&gt;
{{3rd_Party_Input}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Disable Interworking of Hold Notifications to SIP Provider ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
During the tests we concluded that when interworking the hold-notify message to SIP and sending to the SIP Provider two consecutive Re-Invites with &amp;quot;send-only&amp;quot; attributes, the IMS platform replies to the second re-invite with &amp;quot;inactive&amp;quot;. By doing so this call is put on hold without any Music on Hold - just silence.&lt;br /&gt;
To avoid this behaviour we need to disable the interworking of the hold-notify message by this setting: &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
 !config add SIP /no-hr-notify  (Alternative: TSIP / SIPS)&lt;br /&gt;
 !config write&lt;br /&gt;
 !config activate&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== SIP Options Interval (Optional) ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Some Provider uses SIP Options to monitor the SIP Trunks, so it&#039;s mandatory that Innovaphone replies to incoming SIP Options received. This is done by default. Additionally we can also send SIP Options to the SIP Proxy and have similar mechanism for redundancy. If the remote Proxy doesn&#039;t reply to outgoing SIP Options, the Innovaphone Gateway will send the call to the next interface. To enable sending of Options - messages, the following setting must be done:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
 !config add SIP /options-interval 30  (Alternative: TSIP / SIPS)&lt;br /&gt;
 !config write&lt;br /&gt;
 !config activate&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Remove Comfort Noise (CN) Capability from SDP ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
During the tests we found out that some specific 3rd party devices connected to the IMS network support only a single coder/payload in the offer. When doing the coder negotiation, this devices repeat the coder negotiation until they have only 1 coder in the offer or until they reach a specific number of retries. Since Innovaphone by default always include the payload 13 (Comfort Noise) in addition to the used voice coder/payload, this would make the remote device to do multiple re-invites to try to reach the single coder/payload in the offer.&lt;br /&gt;
To avoid unnecessary signalling, we should disable the sending of Comfort Noise capability.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
 !config add SIP /rem-cn-capability  (Alternative: TSIP / SIPS)&lt;br /&gt;
 !config write&lt;br /&gt;
 !config activate&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Setting of P-Asserted ID instead of P-Preferred ID ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When using the feature of ReRouting the call (SIP 302 Move Temporary) to the SIP Trunk, the IMS platform checks the P-Asserted ID setting. By default we send as P-Preferred ID instead, so that will not work. As a result, we need to configure the following setting:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
 !config add SIP /pai  (Alternative: TSIP / SIPS)&lt;br /&gt;
 !config write&lt;br /&gt;
 !config activate&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Gbe</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://wiki.innovaphone.com/index.php?title=Reference:Supported_SIP_Features_and_List_of_RFC%27s&amp;diff=54255</id>
		<title>Reference:Supported SIP Features and List of RFC&#039;s</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://wiki.innovaphone.com/index.php?title=Reference:Supported_SIP_Features_and_List_of_RFC%27s&amp;diff=54255"/>
		<updated>2019-11-26T12:41:13Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Gbe: /* List of supported RFCs */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;==Summary==&lt;br /&gt;
SIP Features and list of RFC’s supported in version 6 of innovaphone firmware&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Applies To==&lt;br /&gt;
This information applies to&lt;br /&gt;
* All innovaphone V6 devices&lt;br /&gt;
Build  06-6040001 and later.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==More Information==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===PBX Features and their corresponding RFCs===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
MWI (RFC 3842/RFC 3265 &amp;quot;Subscription für message-summary&amp;quot;)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
DTMF (RFC 2833 &amp;quot;RTP payload for DTMF&amp;quot;)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Name Identification (Display String, RFC 3325 &amp;quot;Asserted Identity&amp;quot;)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Hold/Retrieve (RFC 3264 &amp;quot;Offer/Answer Model for SDP&amp;quot;) [[Howto:SIP Reverse Negotiation - Call Transfer]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Transfer (RFC 3515 &amp;quot;REFER Method&amp;quot;, RFC 3891 &amp;quot;Replaces Header)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Coder Change [T.38] (RFC 3264 &amp;quot;Re-Negotiation&amp;quot;)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Call Forwarding (PBX internal, &amp;quot;183 Call Is Being Forwarded&amp;quot;, &amp;quot;Diversion Header&amp;quot;)    &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Overlap Dialing (RFC 3578)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Dialoge State monitoring (partner Key) (RFC 4235)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Instant Messaging (RFC 3428)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== CTI Features and their corresponding RFCs ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Initiate outgoing call (a call with &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;Answer-Mode: Auto&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt; header (RFC 5373) is sent to the originating phone)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Accept incoming call (an unsolicited NOTIFY-Request with &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;Event: talk&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt; header (RFC 3265) is sent to the accepting phone)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In a scenario where a call is accepted on a different device (e.g. pickup group), the PBX will use the Reason Header &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;Reason: SIP ;cause=200 ;text=&amp;quot;Call completed elsewhere&amp;quot;&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt; in its Cancel Message to signal that a call is accepted elsewhere and must not be entered in the phones call list. (RFC 3326)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===List of supported RFCs===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*RFC 1889 &lt;br /&gt;
RTP: Real-Time Transport Protocol &lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
*RFC 2327, RFC 3266, RFC 4566&lt;br /&gt;
SDP: Session Description Protocol&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
*RFC 2396 &lt;br /&gt;
Uniform Resource Identifiers (URI): Generic Syntax&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
* RFC 2543&lt;br /&gt;
SIP: Session Initiation Protocol (obsolete)&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
* RFC 2616&lt;br /&gt;
Hypertext Transfer protocol (HTTP/1.1)&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
*RFC 2617 &lt;br /&gt;
HTTP Authentication: Basic and Digest Access Authentication&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
*RFC 2782 &lt;br /&gt;
A DNS RR for specifying the location of services (DNS SRV) &lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
*RFC 2976&lt;br /&gt;
The SIP INFO Method (including the non-standard &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;application/dtmf-relay&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt; and &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;application/dtmf&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt; content types with a fixed duration of 250)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*RFC 3203&lt;br /&gt;
DHCP reconfigure extension&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
*RFC 3261 &lt;br /&gt;
SIP: Session Initiation Protocol&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
*RFC 3263 &lt;br /&gt;
Session Initiation Protocol (SIP): Locating SIP Servers &lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
*RFC 3264 &lt;br /&gt;
An Offer/Answer Model with the Session Description Protocol (SDP) [[Howto:SIP Reverse Negotiation - Call Transfer]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*RFC 3265 &lt;br /&gt;
SIP-Specific Event Notification&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
*RFC 3326 &lt;br /&gt;
The Reason Header Field for the Session Initiation Protocol&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
*RFC 3389&lt;br /&gt;
RTP Payload for Comfort Noise&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
*RFC 3515 &lt;br /&gt;
The Session Initiation Protocol (SIP) Refer Method&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
*RFC 3550&lt;br /&gt;
RTP: Transport Protocol for Real-Time Applications&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
*RFC 3551&lt;br /&gt;
RTP Profile for A/V Conferences with Minimal Control&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
*RFC 3555&lt;br /&gt;
MIME Type Registration of RTP Payload Formats&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
*RFC 3578 &lt;br /&gt;
Mapping of Integrated Services Digital Network (ISDN) User Part (ISUP) Overlap Signalling to the Session Initiation Protocol (SIP)&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
*RFC 3680&lt;br /&gt;
SIP Event Package for Registrations&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
*RFC 3764&lt;br /&gt;
enumservice registration for SIP Adresses-of-Record&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
*RFC 3824&lt;br /&gt;
Using E.164 numbers with SIP&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
*RFC 3891 &lt;br /&gt;
The Session Initiation Protocol ‘Replaces Header’&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
*RFC 3892 &lt;br /&gt;
The SIP Referred-By Mechanism &lt;br /&gt;
-SIP-aware filtering (to prevent SIP attacks)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*RFC 3842&lt;br /&gt;
SIP Message Waiting&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
*RFC 3311&lt;br /&gt;
re-INVITE&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
*RFC 2833&lt;br /&gt;
DTMF via RTP Channel , RTP payload for DTMF&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
*RFC 3325&lt;br /&gt;
Name identification&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
*RFC 3578&lt;br /&gt;
Overlap Dialing&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
*RFC 3420&lt;br /&gt;
Internet Media Type message/sipfrag&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*RFC 3428&lt;br /&gt;
Extension for Instant Messaging&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*RFC 3262&lt;br /&gt;
Reliability of Provisional Responses in Session Initiation Protocol (SIP)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*RFC 4028&lt;br /&gt;
Session Timers in the Session Initiation Protocol (SIP)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*RFC 4235&lt;br /&gt;
Dialoge State monitoring (partner Key)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*RFC 4916 &lt;br /&gt;
Connected Identity in the Session Initiation Protocol (SIP)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*RFC 5373&lt;br /&gt;
Requesting Answering Modes for the Session Initiation - only Header &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;Answer-Mode: Auto&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt; for calls started via SOAP/TAPI is supported. Header &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;Priv-Answer-Mode&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt; for urgent calls is not supported.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*RFC 4568&lt;br /&gt;
Session Description Protocol (SDP) Security Descriptions for Media Streams&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===List of supported RFCs in V8===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*RFC 3863&lt;br /&gt;
Presence Information Data Format (PIDF)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*RFC 4480&lt;br /&gt;
Rich Presence Extensions to the Presence Information Data Format (PIDF)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*RFC 3856&lt;br /&gt;
A Presence Event Package for the Session Initiation Protocol (SIP)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===List of supported RFCs in V9===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*RFC 4235&lt;br /&gt;
An INVITE-Initiated Dialog Event Package for the Session Initiation Protocol (SIP)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*RFC 4040&lt;br /&gt;
RTP Payload Format for a 64 kbit/s Transparent Call&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===List of supported RFCs in v11r1===&lt;br /&gt;
* RFC 5245 &lt;br /&gt;
Interactive Connectivity Establishment (ICE)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* RFC 6336&lt;br /&gt;
Interactive Connectivity Establishment (ICE) Options&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*RFC 5763 &lt;br /&gt;
DTLS-SRTP Framework&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Related Articles==&lt;br /&gt;
[[Howto:SIP Reverse Negotiation - Call Transfer]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Howto:Does the innovaphone IP200 support RFC 3261 aka SIP?]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Howto:SIP Media Negotiation - Details]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Howto|{{PAGENAME}}]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Faq|{{PAGENAME}}]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- aliases&lt;br /&gt;
rfc3265 rfc 3265 RFC-3265 &lt;br /&gt;
rfc2833 rfc 2833 RFC-2833 &lt;br /&gt;
rfc3325 rfc 3325 RFC-3325 &lt;br /&gt;
rfc3264 rfc 3264 RFC-3264 &lt;br /&gt;
rfc3891 rfc 3891 RFC-3891 &lt;br /&gt;
rfc3264 rfc 3264 RFC-3264 &lt;br /&gt;
rfc3578 rfc 3578 RFC-3578 &lt;br /&gt;
rfc4235 rfc 4235 RFC-4235 &lt;br /&gt;
rfc3428 rfc 3428 RFC-3428 &lt;br /&gt;
rfc1889 rfc 1889 RFC-1889 &lt;br /&gt;
rfc2327 rfc 2327 RFC-2327 &lt;br /&gt;
rfc2396 rfc 2396 RFC-2396 &lt;br /&gt;
rfc2543 rfc 2543 RFC-2543 &lt;br /&gt;
rfc2616 rfc 2616 RFC-2616 &lt;br /&gt;
rfc2617 rfc 2617 RFC-2617 &lt;br /&gt;
rfc2782 rfc 2782 RFC-2782 &lt;br /&gt;
rfc2976 rfc 2976 RFC-2976 &lt;br /&gt;
rfc3261 rfc 3261 RFC-3261 &lt;br /&gt;
rfc3263 rfc 3263 RFC-3263 &lt;br /&gt;
rfc3264 rfc 3264 RFC-3264 &lt;br /&gt;
rfc3265 rfc 3265 RFC-3265 &lt;br /&gt;
rfc3326 rfc 3326 RFC-3326 &lt;br /&gt;
rfc3389 rfc 3389 RFC-3389 &lt;br /&gt;
rfc3515 rfc 3515 RFC-3515 &lt;br /&gt;
rfc3550 rfc 3550 RFC-3550 &lt;br /&gt;
rfc3551 rfc 3551 RFC-3551 &lt;br /&gt;
rfc3555 rfc 3555 RFC-3555 &lt;br /&gt;
rfc3578 rfc 3578 RFC-3578 &lt;br /&gt;
rfc3680 rfc 3680 RFC-3680 &lt;br /&gt;
rfc3764 rfc 3764 RFC-3764 &lt;br /&gt;
rfc3824 rfc 3824 RFC-3824 &lt;br /&gt;
rfc3891 rfc 3891 RFC-3891 &lt;br /&gt;
rfc3892 rfc 3892 RFC-3892 &lt;br /&gt;
rfc3842 rfc 3842 RFC-3842 &lt;br /&gt;
rfc3311 rfc 3311 RFC-3311 &lt;br /&gt;
rfc2833 rfc 2833 RFC-2833 &lt;br /&gt;
rfc3325 rfc 3325 RFC-3325 &lt;br /&gt;
rfc3578 rfc 3578 RFC-3578 &lt;br /&gt;
rfc3420 rfc 3420 RFC-3420 &lt;br /&gt;
rfc4235 rfc 4235 RFC-4235 &lt;br /&gt;
rfc3428 rfc 3428 RFC-3428 &lt;br /&gt;
rfc3262 rfc 3262 RFC-3262 &lt;br /&gt;
rfc3261 rfc 3261 RFC-3261 &lt;br /&gt;
rfc3863 rfc 3863 RFC-3863&lt;br /&gt;
rfc4480 rfc 4480 RFC-4480 &lt;br /&gt;
rfc3856 rfc 3856 RFC-3856&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
--&amp;gt;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Gbe</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://wiki.innovaphone.com/index.php?title=Reference:Device_Health_Check&amp;diff=53896</id>
		<title>Reference:Device Health Check</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://wiki.innovaphone.com/index.php?title=Reference:Device_Health_Check&amp;diff=53896"/>
		<updated>2019-10-21T10:42:17Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Gbe: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;==Applies To==&lt;br /&gt;
This information applies to&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* all innovaphone devices&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Keywords: debugging speicherbedarf speichernutzung speicherfehler performance counter trap --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==More Information==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This article advises how to perform a quick &#039;&#039;health check&#039;&#039; on an innovaphone device.  This may serve as guidance for routine checking of a PBX systems state as well as to start debugging when a device malfunctions.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Overview===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To perform a device health check, the following steps are recommended&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Inspect the device alarm table&lt;br /&gt;
* Inspect the device event list&lt;br /&gt;
* Inspect performance counters&lt;br /&gt;
* Check volatile memory (RAM) usage&lt;br /&gt;
* Check CPU usage&lt;br /&gt;
* Check persistent memory (Flash) usage&lt;br /&gt;
* Check CF card usage&lt;br /&gt;
* Examine system log&lt;br /&gt;
* Check for efficient PBX configuration&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Depending on the device type, some of the steps may or may not apply.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== The Alarm Table ===&lt;br /&gt;
The systems [[Reference8:Administration/Diagnostics/Alarms|alarm table]] available under &#039;&#039;Administration/Diagnostics/Alarms&#039;&#039; should always be empty.  If there are entries in it, examine them carefully and fix the problem so that the alarms disappears.  The reason for this is pretty simple: if the alarm table is filled with entries that you already have checked but considered &#039;&#039;acceptable&#039;&#039;, then it will not take long until a severe problem will hide itself in between the harmless entries.  So make it a habit that your alarm table is empty always.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The alarms have a &#039;&#039;details page&#039;&#039; available in the &#039;&#039;Code&#039;&#039; columns.  These sometimes show useful further information.  Also, many of the error codes have a dedicated wiki help page, available through the details page &#039;&#039;Help&#039;&#039; button.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== The Event List ===&lt;br /&gt;
The systems [[Reference8:Administration/Diagnostics/Events|events list]] available under &#039;&#039;Administration/Diagnostics/Events&#039;&#039; may contain a fair amount of entry types.  As opposed to the alarm table, where the entry is removed when the problem is fixed, entries in the event list are not removed (except the list exceeds its allowable size in which case the oldest entries will be removed).    As a result, your event list will likely rarely be empty.  You need to work through the list and analyse each entry to determine if or if not it is still relevant.  To avoid analysing entries again and again, you can clear the whole list when finished, or (from V8 on), you can declare it as &#039;&#039;already taken care of&#039;&#039; using the &#039;&#039;Mark&#039;&#039; button in the detail page (which will render the entries &#039;&#039;Code&#039;&#039; column in green instead of red).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As for alarms, it is important to take care of problems which frequently create entries in the event list, as otherwise you will most likely overlook severe problems in a crowded event list.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== The Calls Screen ===&lt;br /&gt;
One important issue is consistently good voice quality. In a life system, you can do a quick check on voice quality simply by looking at the PBX&#039;s [[Reference:Administration/PBX/Calls | Administration/PBX/Calls ]] screen.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;pre&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Number  Name    Protocol        Media	        Dir     Number  Name    Protocol        Media           Uptime          State	&lt;br /&gt;
13	abc	H323EFC:TRANSIT	G711A (2,0,0) x	&amp;gt;&amp;gt;	001730		H323EFC:TRANSIT	G711A (2,0,0) x	0d 0h 29m 31s 	Connected	SRTP&lt;br /&gt;
0017200		H323EFC:TRANSIT	G711A (46,5,3) 	&amp;gt;&amp;gt;	37	cba	H323EFC:TRANSIT	G711A (39,8,29) 0d 0h 7m 2s 	Connected	&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/pre&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Have an eye on the values within round parentheses in the &#039;&#039;Media&#039;&#039; column, most notably the third &#039;&#039;packet loss&#039;&#039; value.  These should be low, more than 5/minute for &#039;&#039;packet loss&#039;&#039; e.g. is a good reason to be worried (so in our example, the second call is still acceptable but on the lower end of satisfaction). More information about the call screen can be found in [[Howto:How_to_read_the_call_screen | How to read the call screen]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Recent Call Data ====&lt;br /&gt;
While the calls screen is a good tool to see how your calls feel like right now, they do not allow you to review data for terminated calls.  A rule of thumb however says that everything is fine as long as you look at it, but gets worse as soon as your end customers are left alone with the system.  A nice tool to get at past data easily is the internal [[ Reference7:Administration/Gateway/CDR0 | Administration/Gateway/CDR0 ]] CDR logging.  You can save call detail records on your local CF card (using the &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;LOCAL&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt; &#039;&#039;Log Server Type&#039;&#039; which will save them to &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;/DRIVE/CF0/log/CDR*.txt&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt;.  You can open these files with any text editor and although they look a bit strange, you can search straight for entries like &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;&amp;amp;xcoder=G711A,30(0,10,0)&amp;amp;rcoder=G711A,30(0,0,0)&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt;.   The values in parentheses have the same meaning as in the PBX&#039;s calls screen.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== The Performance Counters ===&lt;br /&gt;
The systems [[Reference8:Administration/Diagnostics/Counters | performance counters ]] available under &#039;&#039;Administration/Diagnostics/Counters&#039;&#039; are another valuable tool to determine its health status.  These are graphs which show the status of  certain resource over the last 24 hours (8 hours are shown, you can scroll through time using the arrow buttons).  Each individual value on the x-axis is a 2-minutes average. Lets have look at the resource counters currently available:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== CPU ====&lt;br /&gt;
This counter shows the total CPU usage.  A system that runs near to 100% all the time is a candidate for unpleasant behaviour, obviously.  However, running on 100% simply says that things are getting slow.   It does not necessarily say that things don&#039;t work.  But as a rule of life, demand is always increasing, not decreasing, so there are two options in such a situation: &lt;br /&gt;
* be prepared for an upgrade&lt;br /&gt;
* eliminate the reason for excessive CPU usage&lt;br /&gt;
We will discuss in a later section of this article how to determine who the CPU hog is.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
We generally recommend to make sure CPU load is not more than two thirds in average.  This of course is just a rule of thumb. You may well run with a system with higher load or you may experience problems with a system with lower load. Still, if your system continuously runs with more than 2/3 of its CPU power, you should ask yourself if this is expected behaviour.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Also, watch out for unusual peaks.  When you have a system that has a healthy looking CPU load graph, see if there are perhaps thin peaks.  These would indicate short time frames with high load.  They do not look impressive in the graph, still they may create severely bad user experience.  Suppose for example there is a CPU usage pattern which creates 100% CPU load for a minute every once in a while.  This would look like a comfortable 50% value in the 2-minutes graph slice.  The end user though may experience service outages, signalling time-outs, frustrating response times etc. during this period of time.  Such patterns usually look like a sharp &#039;&#039;needle&#039;&#039; in the graph and you should pay attention if you observe such.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== CPU-R ====&lt;br /&gt;
This counter shows the amount of &#039;&#039;reserved CPU&#039;&#039; time.  As opposed to the CPU counter, this is not CPU load that actually is used, but CPU performance which needs to be reserved for real-time application.  Sending/receiving RTP data is considered real-time, for example.  As opposed to, say HTTP access, where missing CPU performance merely makes things running slower, missing CPU performance for transmission of RTP data results in voice drop-outs and thus is considered a failure.  This is why calls are rejected right away when no CPU performance can be reserved. When your CPU-R counter runs near to 100% often, then your system is overloaded and needs to be upgraded.  Note that real-time apps do not suffer from 100% CPU values though, as the innovaphone operating system features a very efficient real-time prioritization.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You can take a look over the used mips. With this command you get the exact information of the used mips in this moment. You can also use the CPU-R counter and move the cursor over the diagram. This method is a little bit inexact. This command is much faster than the CPU-R counter. The counter has a 5 Sec delay.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;pre&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
ip-PBX/!mod cmd CPU mips-usage&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/pre&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== MEM ====&lt;br /&gt;
This counter shows the total volatile memory (RAM) usage.  Memory usage is in fact more critical than the CPU usage, as a system with low or no CPU resources left will still run, albeit slowly.  A system with no memory resources will stop working and re-boot instead!  It is thus crucial to have an eye on memory usage. You may observe that the memory usage graph usually is flat, that is, the value never decreases and rarely increases, especially once the device ran for a while after a re-boot.  This is because the memory allocation strategy eventually claims memory for a specific purpose if needed, but never de-allocates it further on.  Instead, objects allocated but no longer used are marked as &#039;&#039;free&#039;&#039; and re-used when an object of the same type is needed later on.  The memory allocation graph shows all allocated objects, including those which are used and those which are currently free (as they are not available for use by objects of other types).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If memory usage grows steadily, there is most likely a memory leak somehow.  That is, a function in the device allocates objects and thus claims memory but fails to mark those objects as free when done. If this happens, each function invocation will result in lost memory and the only way to recover from this situation is to re-boot the system.  We will discuss how to track down memory hogs in a later section.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== PRIx / BRIx ====&lt;br /&gt;
These counters show the number of B-channels used on the respective ISDN interfaces.  Its interpretation should be fairly straight forward.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Finding a CPU Hog ===&lt;br /&gt;
In the event that you observe excessive CPU load, you need to find out which function actually consumes it.  Once you have done so, you can either try to re-configure the system so that the causing function is used less, or you can add an extra device and move this function to the new device.  For example, if you find that your PBX runs out of CPU resources because of heavy load on the system&#039;s CF-card, you may want to move the CF card to a different device which has more CPU cycles left.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Unfortunately, you cannot determine which &#039;&#039;function&#039;&#039; takes your CPU cycles away easily.  However, you can determine which &#039;&#039;module&#039;&#039; does.  In our previous example, you won&#039;t be able to determine that it&#039;s excessive config save operations on the CF card that produces the load, but you will be able to determine that its the CF card that does.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A &#039;&#039;module&#039;&#039; is a piece of code in the devices firmware that performs a certain task.  You can think of it as a &#039;&#039;thread&#039;&#039; in an operating system such as Windows or Linux.  &#039;&#039;Modules&#039;&#039; are named and you can retrieve a list of modules currently running on your device using the &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;!mod&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt; command.  Assuming your device has the IP address 172.16.0.10, you would open [http://172.16.0.10/!mod http://172.16.0.10/!mod] with your browser.  You will receive a list of modules such as this one:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Debugging_check-list_1.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In this table, the first column (modules) and the second column (ticks) are of interest.  The second column shows the number of ticks used by the module since the counters were reset the last time.  The system never resets the counters on its own.  They will be reset if you add the &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;clr&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt; option to the &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;mod&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt; command ([http://172.16.0.10/!mod+clr http://172.16.0.10/!mod clr]).  A &#039;&#039;tick&#039;&#039; by the way corresponds to some clock-tick found in the devices CPU (platform specific), so be prepared for large values.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For easier analysis, you may want to import this table into your favourite spread sheet application.  In Microsoft&#039;s Excel (c) for example, you would highlight the whole table, copy it in to your copy&amp;amp;paste buffer, then use &#039;&#039;Inhalte einfügen / Paste Content&#039;&#039; with &#039;&#039;Quelle: Text / Source: Text&#039;&#039; so you get each column in a separate Excel column (you may need to use the &#039;&#039;Import Assistant&#039;&#039; then, later V8 and V9 firmware builds output a more excel friendly table format).  After some cleanup (remove unused columns), your spread sheet should then look something like this: &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Device Health Check - mod-cmd-excel-1.png | Excel Import]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You can then add a column (column D in our example) which relates the number of ticks used by a module to the total number of ticks used (&amp;lt;code&amp;gt;=B96/($D$98)&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt;).  This is the relative load imposed by a certain module.   Finally, sort the table by this column and you get a list of CPU hog candidates:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Device Health Check - mod-cmd-excel-2.png | Excel Analysis]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Unfortunately, there is no list of &#039;&#039;which module has which name&#039;&#039;, but a look at the module name will give a good indication of what it is.  The typical scenario is that IP0 (the IP stack), ETHx (the ethernet drivers) and H323 (the H.323 signalling stack) will be on top.  If the device is a gateway too, the DSP drivers (AC-DSPx) and SRTP encryption drivers (MV78X00_CRYPT) will be in the top 10 too.  In our example, you can see that the compact flash driver (CFLASH) is also prominent.  Compared to that, the PBX itself - accounting for 2% of the cycles consumed - is a side-note only in our example.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Be aware that these figures are counted from the last counter reset.  To identify the source of a CPU resource problem, you would wait for the situation to happen (i.e. you would wait for a time the CPU usage is high) and then do the math.  However, you should start the analysis by resetting the counters (&amp;lt;code&amp;gt;!mod clr&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt;), then wait a significant amount of time (half a minute may be a good starter), then get the stats (&amp;lt;code&amp;gt;!mod&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt;) and analyse.  If you fail to reset the counters, your picture will be distorted as it is influenced by previous (and probably unknown) activity.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Finding a DRAM Memory Hog ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The strategy to find a dram memory hog is pretty much similar to the one to find the CPU hog.  However, rather than using the &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;!mod&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt; command, you would use the &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;!mem&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt; ([http://172.16.0.10/!mem http://172.16.0.10/!mem]) command.  The output will look something like this (again, later builds have somewhat different layout, so excel import will be easier):&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;pre&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Total Memory Usage = 1061428&lt;br /&gt;
name                            	 size	 used	 free	  usage&lt;br /&gt;
client_gui_button               	   64	    0	    0	      0&lt;br /&gt;
client_gui_text                 	   64	    0	    0	      0&lt;br /&gt;
client_gui_break                	   60	    0	    0	      0&lt;br /&gt;
client_gui_ruler                	   60	    0	    0	      0&lt;br /&gt;
client_gui_list_element         	   60	    0	    0	      0&lt;br /&gt;
client_gui_list                 	   64	    0	    0	      0&lt;br /&gt;
client_gui_table_cell           	   60	    0	    0	      0&lt;br /&gt;
client_gui_table_row            	   60	    0	    0	      0&lt;br /&gt;
client_gui_table                	   60	    0	    0	      0&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/pre&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The table has a line for each type of internal object (e.g. &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;client_gui_button&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt;).  The &#039;&#039;size&#039;&#039; column gives the size of a single instance, the &#039;&#039;used&#039;&#039; and &#039;&#039;free&#039;&#039; columns the number of allocated objects which are still in use or free for re-use again, while &#039;&#039;usage&#039;&#039; is &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;size * (used + free)&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt;.  So clearly, the &#039;&#039;usage&#039;&#039; column is what you are interested in.   Again, we will do some spread-sheet math.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Device Health Check - mem-cmd-excel-1.png | Excel Analysis]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In our example, we relate the values in the &#039;&#039;usage&#039;&#039; column to the total allocatable memory size (column G) and the currently allocated memory (column F).  The table is then sorted by column F, resulting in a list of memory using objects.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As for the modules, there is no &#039;&#039;which object type has which name&#039;&#039; list, but looking at the object names will give some indication on what kind of object it is and which function it may be related to.  The screen-shot was taken from an idle system, this is why column G is all zero.  In a life system, the result may look more like this:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;pre&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Name	        Size	Used	Free	Sum	% of allocated	%of available&lt;br /&gt;
cmd_exec	376	36	74	41360	1%	        0%&lt;br /&gt;
flashdir_item	120	418	0	50160	1%	        0%&lt;br /&gt;
pbx_connector	508	67	47	57912	2%	        0%&lt;br /&gt;
h323_call	552	67	46	62376	2%	        0%&lt;br /&gt;
gk_map	448	176	1	        79296	2%	        0%&lt;br /&gt;
tcp_socket	408	150	176	133008	4%	        0%&lt;br /&gt;
pbx_user	584	270	0	157680	4%	        0%&lt;br /&gt;
packet	        52	4997	488	285220	8%	        0%&lt;br /&gt;
http_request	5472	33	75	590976	17%	        0%&lt;br /&gt;
buffer	        32	10437	8255	598144	17%	        0%&lt;br /&gt;
ac_491	        122648	6	0	735888	21%	        0%&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/pre&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As a rule of thumb, many systems tend to run out of CPU more likely than out of DRAM memory.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;packet&#039;&#039; and &#039;&#039;buffer&#039;&#039; are special, as they do not relate to a specific function.  Whenever the system needs temporary, short lived memory - e.g. to carry a network packet - it will allocate a &#039;&#039;packet&#039;&#039; that carries one or more &#039;&#039;buffers&#039;&#039;.  Peak network load thus will allocate a huge amount of &#039;&#039;packets&#039;&#039; and &#039;&#039;buffers&#039;&#039; which might not be used again but still consume memory.  When the number of &#039;&#039;packets&#039;&#039; or &#039;&#039;buffers&#039;&#039; increases over time, this is most likely an indication of a memory leak.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The bottom of the memory table includes a number of lines as follows:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;pre&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
allocated:      	   1466608&lt;br /&gt;
free for malloc:	     58580&lt;br /&gt;
total malloc space:	   3149356&lt;br /&gt;
physcial memory:	   8388608&lt;br /&gt;
Total memory usage:	   3090776&lt;br /&gt;
Memory Load:    	        36%&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/pre&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The &#039;&#039;allocated:&#039;&#039; line is the number of allocated objects.  That is, the sum of the &#039;&#039;usage&#039;&#039; column.  Please note that this include all free objects of a specific type, which can be used for allocation of new objects of this type.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The &#039;&#039;free for malloc:&#039;&#039; line is the amount of memory which can be allocated from.  This will be used whenever an object is needed for which there is no previously allocated but now unused object space (as shown in the &#039;&#039;free&#039;&#039; column).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The &#039;&#039;total malloc space:&#039;&#039; is the value of &#039;&#039;free for malloc:&#039;&#039; when the system has booted.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The &#039;&#039;Total memory usage:&#039;&#039; is the memory already claimed from the malloc space (that is &#039;&#039;total malloc space:&#039;&#039; minus &#039;&#039;free for malloc&#039;&#039;).  It does &#039;&#039;not&#039;&#039; include static memory use such as decompressed firmware, stack, etc.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The &#039;&#039;Memory Load:&#039;&#039; finally relates the &#039;&#039;Total memory usage:&#039;&#039; to the &#039;&#039;physical memory:&#039;&#039;.  Please note though that the box will run out of memory as soon as &#039;&#039;free for malloc&#039;&#039; goes down to zero!  It might be useful thus to relate &#039;&#039;free for malloc:&#039;&#039; to &#039;&#039;total malloc space:&#039;&#039;, which is exactly what the &#039;&#039;MEM&#039;&#039; counter in &#039;&#039;Administration/Diagnostics&#039;&#039; displays.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Obtaining more Information about used Objects ====&lt;br /&gt;
Sometimes, object types - even though their meaning is pretty clear - cannot be related to functions easily.  For example, if you see an entry like&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;pre&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
tcp_socket                         376    15    64   29704&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/pre&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
it tells you that a number of sockets are used, but not what for.  To see details of an object, some object types support the &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;mem-info&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt; method.  You would look at the detail properties of the objects of a certain type using e.g. &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;http//172.16.0.10/!mem info tcp_socket&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt; ([http://172.16.0.10/!mem+info+tcp_socket http//172.16.0.10/!mem info tcp_socket]).  The result list&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;pre&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
   0(c0e09a0c): NAT_LISTEN: ports=0:0, state=0:INIT, ostate=5680, x-q=0, r-q=0&lt;br /&gt;
   1(c0e1073c): PCAP_SOCK_LISTEN: ports=2002:0, state=0:INIT, ostate=0, x-q=0, r-q=0&lt;br /&gt;
   2(c0e17174): HTTP_LISTEN: ports=80:0, state=0:INIT, ostate=0, x-q=0, r-q=0&lt;br /&gt;
   3(c0e173d8): HTTPS_LISTEN: ports=443:0, state=0:INIT, ostate=23130, x-q=0, r-q=0&lt;br /&gt;
   4(c0e181b8): T_USER: ports=23:0, state=0:INIT, ostate=0, x-q=0, r-q=0&lt;br /&gt;
   5(c0e1fcd8): LSRV_SOCK_LISTEN: ports=389:0, state=0:INIT, ostate=0, x-q=0, r-q=0&lt;br /&gt;
   6(c0e718f4): GK-LISTEN: ports=2049:0, state=0:INIT, ostate=-16053, x-q=0, r-q=0&lt;br /&gt;
   7(c0e71b54): GK-LISTEN: ports=2050:0, state=0:INIT, ostate=0, x-q=0, r-q=0&lt;br /&gt;
   8(c0e71e3c): GK-LISTEN: ports=2051:0, state=0:INIT, ostate=0, x-q=0, r-q=0&lt;br /&gt;
   9(c0e72310): GK-LISTEN: ports=2052:0, state=0:INIT, ostate=0, x-q=0, r-q=0&lt;br /&gt;
  10(c0e725f8): GK-LISTEN: ports=2053:0, state=0:INIT, ostate=1950, x-q=0, r-q=0&lt;br /&gt;
  11(c0e728e0): GK-LISTEN: ports=2054:0, state=0:INIT, ostate=-16148, x-q=0, r-q=0&lt;br /&gt;
  12(c0e72bc8): H323_LISTEN: ports=1720:0, state=0:INIT, ostate=-16027, x-q=0, r-q=0&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/pre&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
may include some useful hints.  This is particularly useful for the &#039;&#039;packet&#039;&#039; data structure, as it is used by all classes: [http://172.16.0.10/!mem+info+packet http//172.16.0.10/!mem info packet] indicates the packet creator module:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;pre&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
5717(c1d1d0b8): ETHIF,c0078b38 len=31&lt;br /&gt;
5719(c18197fc): H323_OUT,c0078b38 len=31&lt;br /&gt;
5725(c1cfb864): H323_ACCEPT,c0078b38 len=31&lt;br /&gt;
5728(c1d04670): ETHIF,c0078b38 len=31&lt;br /&gt;
5729(c1d56ac8): HTTP4_REQUEST,c00e228c len=113&lt;br /&gt;
5730(c1f09518): HTTP_SOCKET,c0078b38 len=240&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/pre&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If there is a memory leak, the module causing it can easily be spotted.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Buffers ====&lt;br /&gt;
So far we have talked about &#039;&#039;objects&#039;&#039; in the operating system.  However, there are also other users of dynamically allocated memory, the so-called &#039;&#039;buffers&#039;&#039;.  These are used for network packets for example. You can use &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;http://172.16.0.10/!buf&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt; to get a list of used buffers.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;pre&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
pool       used    free&lt;br /&gt;
0:   32    4129    2573  375312&lt;br /&gt;
1:   64     319     652   85448&lt;br /&gt;
2:  128     154     218   56544&lt;br /&gt;
3:  256     188      85   76440&lt;br /&gt;
4:  512     155     167  172592&lt;br /&gt;
5: 1024      24       6   31440&lt;br /&gt;
6: 2048       0       1    2072&lt;br /&gt;
7: 4096     120       4  510880&lt;br /&gt;
8: 8192       2       4   49296&lt;br /&gt;
                        1360024&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/pre&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The second column shows the buffer size (buffers are always allocated in multiple-of-2 sizes).  To see who has allocated the buffers, you can issue &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;http://172.16.0.10/!buf info size&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt; where &#039;&#039;size&#039;&#039; is the one of the valid buffer sizes (32 to 8192).  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;pre&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
http://172.16.0.10/!buf info 8192&lt;br /&gt;
15c6e80: c=HTTP4_REQUEST(114988)&lt;br /&gt;
15c4e60: c=HTTP_GET(19838c)&lt;br /&gt;
15e8650: c=HTTP_GET(1983a0)&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/pre&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This example shows that 3 buffers of size 8192 are used and all are somehow related to HTTP GET requests.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Finding a Flash Memory Hog ===&lt;br /&gt;
Unfortunately, there is no counter graph for flash memory usage.  Still, there is a statistics page as for CPU and DRAM memory.  It is retrieved using the &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;!mod cmd FLASHMAN0 info&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt; command ([http://172.16.0.10/!mod+cmd+FLASHMAN0+info http://172.16.3.63/!mod cmd FLASHMAN0 info]):&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;pre&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
bottom 0xfe020000 base 0xfe020000 top 0xfffc0000 segsize 0x20000 segments 253&lt;br /&gt;
LDAP - used 128k avail 92k owned 1152k (max 3200k)&lt;br /&gt;
VARS - used 67k avail 95k owned 256k (max 256k)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
  0  0xfe020000 free(0x00) owner MINI(0x09) magic 0x666d order 0x00020031 usage 0x00000001&lt;br /&gt;
...&lt;br /&gt;
  7  0xfe100000 free(0x00) owner FIRM(0x08) magic 0x666d order 0x0002002f usage 0x00000001&lt;br /&gt;
...&lt;br /&gt;
226  0xffc60000 free(0xff) owner 255 (0xff) magic 0xffff order 0xffffffff usage 0xffffffff&lt;br /&gt;
...&lt;br /&gt;
230  0xffce0000 used(0x80) owner VARS(0x06) magic 0x666d order 0x00000008 usage 0x00000001&lt;br /&gt;
231  0xffd00000 used(0x80) owner LDAP(0x04) magic 0x666d order 0x00000009 usage 0x00000001&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/pre&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This table shows all allocated flash memory segments.  Users include:&lt;br /&gt;
; MINI : the mini (rescue) firmware&lt;br /&gt;
; FIRM : the real firmware&lt;br /&gt;
; VARS : the storage for non-volatile configuration parameters&lt;br /&gt;
; LDAP : the directory storage (holds the PBX object configuration as well as call lists and personal user directories)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Each flash memory user has a fixed maximum quota.  In our example, LDAP has set a maximum of 3200kB of which 1152kB are already claimed. In the current active flash segment (that is, the segment which is used to satisfy subsequent memory requests), 92kB are left for allocation.    For the VARS flash user, all possible segments are claimed already (256kB of 256kB) and 95kB are left for allocation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Wasting Memory by deleting Objects ====&lt;br /&gt;
When PBX objects are deleted, the GUID is kept in flash memory for a while with a note that the object has been deleted.  This looks something like &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;mod cmd FLASHDIR0 add-item 101 (cn=object that will be deleted soon)(isDeleted=true)(guid;bin=3886C5ABE909D3119475009033290009)(usn=18243)&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt;.  Note that this sample entry still takes approximately 110 bytes flash memory.  If you experience lack of flash memory and see lots of such entries, you might want to save the devices config, remove the lines with &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;(isDeleted=true)&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt; and re-load the config to get rid of these entries.  This typically happens when you turn on a new replication for a box that had a large PBX configuration before.  These now obsolete PBX entries will be deleted from the configuration when the replication takes place.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Finding a Compact Flash Hog ===&lt;br /&gt;
Compact flash card space can easily be examined using the &#039;&#039;Info&#039;&#039; button available in [[ Reference7:Administration/Diagnostics/CF | Administration/Diagnostics/CF (up to V8) ]] or [[ Reference9:General/Compact-Flash/General | Reference9:General/Compact-Flash/General (from V9) ]].   The CF card&#039;s content can be examined using the &#039;&#039;Browse CF Content&#039;&#039; link on the same page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Using Syslog ===&lt;br /&gt;
Many failures are listed in the &#039;&#039;Alarms&#039;&#039; and &#039;&#039;Events&#039;&#039; sections, as discussed above.  However, some are not.  It is a good habit therefore to take transcript of the systems log messages and browse through them in search of intermittent problems. This can easily be done by storing the syslog on the local CF card (as defined on [[ Reference8:Configuration/General/Logging | Configuration/General/Logging ]]).  It is important to tick the check marks on [[ Reference8:Administration/Diagnostics/Logging | Administration/Diagnostics/Logging ]] in a sensible way in order not to flood the log with useless messages.  As a starter, the following settings are recommended:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{|&lt;br /&gt;
| Category || recommended setting&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| TCP	 || off ||&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| PPP	 || off ||&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| PBX Calls	 || on ||&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Gateway Calls	 || on ||&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Gateway Routing	 || off ||&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| H.323 Registrations	 || on ||&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| SIP/UDP Registrations	 || off, unless you use SIP endpoints ||&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| SIP/TCP Registrations	 || off, unless you use SIP endpoints ||&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| SIP/TLS Registrations	 || off, unless you use SIP endpoints ||&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| H.323-NAT	 || off ||&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Administration	 || off ||&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| TELx/PRIx/PPP	 || off, unless you use this interface ||&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
Please note that &#039;&#039;Administration&#039;&#039; might be a recommended setting if documentation of changes is an issue to you.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Resource sensitive PBX Configuration ===&lt;br /&gt;
Very often, resource issues are caused by inappropriate PBX configuration. Although there are of course a huge number of possibilities to do it wrong, here are a few prominent and easy to avoid things to keep in mind:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* do not use long identifiers.  All PBX identifiers (user names, group names, ...) are stored in clear text in the PBX LDAP directory.  Longer names use more flash space thus.  If you deal with a 100 user PBX, you probably don&#039;t care.  However, if you have 10.000 users structured in groups with a huge amount of members per group, calling a group &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;cti&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt; instead of &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;Users with CTI Integration&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt; does make a difference!&lt;br /&gt;
* do not put objects in to groups they do not need to belong to.  You may be tempted to add users to certain groups &#039;&#039;by default&#039;&#039;, thinking that it will make your life easier later on if the group assignment is in fact needed.  However, group assignments not only consume flash space in the PBX&#039;s LDAP directory, but also consume in-core memory during run-time.  Even more, doing so will make it more probably to exceed the maximum size of a single group (which is 2000 members currently).  Having more than the allowed maximum of group members in a single group will result in strange behaviour which is difficult to track down.&lt;br /&gt;
* do not put objects as &#039;&#039;active&#039;&#039; members in to groups when they don&#039;t need to be active.  &#039;&#039;Active&#039;&#039; group memberships consume additional DRAM memory as well as additional CPU cycles during run-time.  &lt;br /&gt;
* do not configure [[Reference7:Administration/PBX/Objects#Object_Properties | group indications ]] when they are not needed.  Group indications will result in additional memory and CPU consumption as well as network traffic.  When group indications are configured, information is distributed to the respective group members regardless of if it is used there or not.  So if no group indication is required, don&#039;t send it!  If it is required, use the smallest group available to send them to.  Do not re-use a group for this purpose just because it exists if it includes more members than required for the group indications.  Rather create a new group and restrict it to the members required.  One particular bad habit is to put all users in a single group, have them all be &#039;&#039;active&#039;&#039; and configure this group as the group used for &#039;&#039;group indications&#039;&#039; for all users.  While this has the beauty that PBX functions which require group indications will always work (which to configure correctly may be a bit tedious sometimes), but it has the downside that each call to any of these users suffers from increased CPU and network load with each added user!&lt;br /&gt;
* do not create objects that aren&#039;t needed.  Each PBX object consumes flash and DRAM memory, even if it is never used.  &lt;br /&gt;
* do not put objects in to the group used by the TAPI service provider which are never monitored anyway.  All activity information for all users in the tapi group is conveyed by the PBX to the TAPI service provider.  If it is never used, this is a waste of resources and adds load both to the PBX and to the machine running the TSP.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Monitoring a multi-Device System ===&lt;br /&gt;
If your system consists of more than one relevant device, you may want to configure Alarm, Event and Syslog forwarding (as configured in [[ Reference8:Configuration/General/Logging | Configuration/General/Logging ]]) so you have this information in a single place to review.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Monitoring the Linux Application Platform (LAP) ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To see the LAP&#039;s health status, first have a look at the &#039;&#039;Diagnostics/Status&#039;&#039; page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Related Articles==&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Howto:Config_size_Limitations]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Howto|{{PAGENAME}}]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Gbe</name></author>
	</entry>
</feed>